aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat
-rw-r--r--lispintro/Makefile.am5
-rw-r--r--lispintro/Makefile.old341
-rw-r--r--lispintro/aclocal.m4104
-rw-r--r--lispintro/configure1043
-rw-r--r--lispintro/configure.in5
-rw-r--r--lispintro/cons-1.eps564
-rw-r--r--lispintro/cons-2.eps586
-rw-r--r--lispintro/cons-2a.eps580
-rw-r--r--lispintro/cons-3.eps610
-rw-r--r--lispintro/cons-4.eps663
-rw-r--r--lispintro/cons-5.eps608
-rw-r--r--lispintro/drawers.eps493
-rw-r--r--lispintro/install-sh250
-rw-r--r--lispintro/lambda-3.eps451
-rw-r--r--lispintro/mkinstalldirs40
-rw-r--r--lispintro/texinfo.tex6257
16 files changed, 12600 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/lispintro/Makefile.am b/lispintro/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..082d100217c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lispintro/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
1AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign 1.2
2info_TEXINFOS = emacs-lisp-intro.texi
3EXTRA_DIST = INSTALL MANIFEST README drawers.eps \
4 cons-1.eps cons-2.eps cons-2a.eps cons-3.eps \
5 cons-4.eps cons-5.eps lambda-1.eps lambda-2.eps lambda-3.eps
diff --git a/lispintro/Makefile.old b/lispintro/Makefile.old
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e4f16c7d093
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lispintro/Makefile.old
@@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
1# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4-p4 from Makefile.am
2
3# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
5# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
6# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
7
8# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
9# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
10# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
11# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
12
13
14SHELL = @SHELL@
15
16srcdir = @srcdir@
17top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
18VPATH = @srcdir@
19prefix = @prefix@
20exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
21
22bindir = @bindir@
23sbindir = @sbindir@
24libexecdir = @libexecdir@
25datadir = @datadir@
26sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
27sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
28localstatedir = @localstatedir@
29libdir = @libdir@
30infodir = @infodir@
31mandir = @mandir@
32includedir = @includedir@
33oldincludedir = /usr/include
34
35DESTDIR =
36
37pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
38pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
39pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
40
41top_builddir = .
42
43ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
44AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
45AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
46AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
47
48INSTALL = @INSTALL@
49INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ $(AM_INSTALL_PROGRAM_FLAGS)
50INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
51INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
52transform = @program_transform_name@
53
54NORMAL_INSTALL = :
55PRE_INSTALL = :
56POST_INSTALL = :
57NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
58PRE_UNINSTALL = :
59POST_UNINSTALL = :
60MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
61PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
62VERSION = @VERSION@
63
64AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign 1.2
65info_TEXINFOS = emacs-lisp-intro.texi
66EXTRA_DIST = INSTALL MANIFEST README chest-of-drawers-diagram.eps cons-cell-diagram1.eps cons-cell-diagram2.eps cons-cell-diagram2a.eps cons-cell-diagram3.eps cons-cell-diagram4.eps cons-cell-diagram5.eps lambda-diagram1.eps lambda-diagram2.eps lambda-diagram3.eps
67
68ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
69mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
70CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
71TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
72INFO_DEPS = emacs-lisp-intro.info
73DVIS = emacs-lisp-intro.dvi
74TEXINFOS = emacs-lisp-intro.texi
75DIST_COMMON = README INSTALL Makefile.am Makefile.in aclocal.m4 \
76configure configure.in install-sh missing mkinstalldirs texinfo.tex
77
78
79DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
80
81TAR = tar
82GZIP_ENV = --best
83all: all-redirect
84.SUFFIXES:
85.SUFFIXES: .dvi .info .ps .texi .texinfo .txi
86$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
87 cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign --include-deps Makefile
88
89Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
90 cd $(top_builddir) \
91 && CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
92
93$(ACLOCAL_M4): configure.in
94 cd $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL)
95
96config.status: $(srcdir)/configure.in $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
97 $(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
98$(srcdir)/configure: $(srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES)
99 cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF)
100
101emacs-lisp-intro.info: emacs-lisp-intro.texi
102emacs-lisp-intro.dvi: emacs-lisp-intro.texi
103
104
105DVIPS = dvips
106
107.texi.info:
108 @cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
109 cd $(srcdir) \
110 && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
111
112.texi.dvi:
113 TEXINPUTS=.:$$TEXINPUTS \
114 MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
115
116.texi:
117 @cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
118 cd $(srcdir) \
119 && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
120
121.texinfo.info:
122 @cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
123 cd $(srcdir) \
124 && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
125
126.texinfo:
127 @cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
128 cd $(srcdir) \
129 && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
130
131.texinfo.dvi:
132 TEXINPUTS=.:$$TEXINPUTS \
133 MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
134
135.txi.info:
136 @cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
137 cd $(srcdir) \
138 && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
139
140.txi.dvi:
141 TEXINPUTS=.:$$TEXINPUTS \
142 MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
143
144.txi:
145 @cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
146 cd $(srcdir) \
147 && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
148.dvi.ps:
149 $(DVIPS) $< -o $@
150
151install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
152 @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
153 $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
154 @list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
155 for file in $$list; do \
156 d=$(srcdir); \
157 for ifile in `cd $$d && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \
158 if test -f $$d/$$ifile; then \
159 echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile"; \
160 $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile; \
161 else : ; fi; \
162 done; \
163 done
164 @$(POST_INSTALL)
165 @if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
166 list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
167 for file in $$list; do \
168 echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file";\
169 install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file || :;\
170 done; \
171 else : ; fi
172
173uninstall-info:
174 $(PRE_UNINSTALL)
175 @if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
176 ii=yes; \
177 else ii=; fi; \
178 list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
179 for file in $$list; do \
180 test -z "$$ii" \
181 || install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $$file; \
182 done
183 @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
184 list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
185 for file in $$list; do \
186 (cd $(DESTDIR)$(infodir) && rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]); \
187 done
188
189dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
190 list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
191 for base in $$list; do \
192 d=$(srcdir); \
193 for file in `cd $$d && eval echo $$base*`; do \
194 test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
195 || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
196 || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
197 done; \
198 done
199
200mostlyclean-aminfo:
201 -rm -f emacs-lisp-intro.aux emacs-lisp-intro.cp emacs-lisp-intro.cps \
202 emacs-lisp-intro.dvi emacs-lisp-intro.fn emacs-lisp-intro.fns \
203 emacs-lisp-intro.ky emacs-lisp-intro.kys emacs-lisp-intro.ps \
204 emacs-lisp-intro.log emacs-lisp-intro.pg emacs-lisp-intro.toc \
205 emacs-lisp-intro.tp emacs-lisp-intro.tps emacs-lisp-intro.vr \
206 emacs-lisp-intro.vrs emacs-lisp-intro.op emacs-lisp-intro.tr \
207 emacs-lisp-intro.cv emacs-lisp-intro.cn
208
209clean-aminfo:
210
211distclean-aminfo:
212
213maintainer-clean-aminfo:
214 cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
215 rm -f $$i; \
216 if test "`echo $$i-[0-9]*`" != "$$i-[0-9]*"; then \
217 rm -f $$i-[0-9]*; \
218 fi; \
219 done
220tags: TAGS
221TAGS:
222
223
224distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
225top_distdir = $(distdir)
226
227# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then
228# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another
229# tarfile.
230distcheck: dist
231 -rm -rf $(distdir)
232 GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) $(TAR) zxf $(distdir).tar.gz
233 mkdir $(distdir)/=build
234 mkdir $(distdir)/=inst
235 dc_install_base=`cd $(distdir)/=inst && pwd`; \
236 cd $(distdir)/=build \
237 && ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix=$$dc_install_base \
238 && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
239 && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \
240 && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \
241 && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \
242 && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \
243 && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist
244 -rm -rf $(distdir)
245 @banner="$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \
246 dashes=`echo "$$banner" | sed s/./=/g`; \
247 echo "$$dashes"; \
248 echo "$$banner"; \
249 echo "$$dashes"
250dist: distdir
251 -chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
252 GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) $(TAR) chozf $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir)
253 -rm -rf $(distdir)
254dist-all: distdir
255 -chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
256 GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) $(TAR) chozf $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir)
257 -rm -rf $(distdir)
258distdir: $(DISTFILES)
259 -rm -rf $(distdir)
260 mkdir $(distdir)
261 -chmod 777 $(distdir)
262 @for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
263 d=$(srcdir); \
264 if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
265 cp -pr $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
266 else \
267 test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
268 || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
269 || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file || :; \
270 fi; \
271 done
272 $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" dist-info
273info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
274info: info-am
275dvi-am: $(DVIS)
276dvi: dvi-am
277check-am: all-am
278check: check-am
279installcheck-am:
280installcheck: installcheck-am
281install-exec-am:
282install-exec: install-exec-am
283
284install-data-am: install-info-am
285install-data: install-data-am
286
287install-am: all-am
288 @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
289install: install-am
290uninstall-am: uninstall-info
291uninstall: uninstall-am
292all-am: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS)
293all-redirect: all-am
294install-strip:
295 $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) AM_INSTALL_PROGRAM_FLAGS=-s install
296installdirs:
297 $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
298
299
300mostlyclean-generic:
301
302clean-generic:
303
304distclean-generic:
305 -rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
306 -rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
307
308maintainer-clean-generic:
309mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic
310
311mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
312
313clean-am: clean-aminfo clean-generic mostlyclean-am
314
315clean: clean-am
316
317distclean-am: distclean-aminfo distclean-generic clean-am
318
319distclean: distclean-am
320 -rm -f config.status
321
322maintainer-clean-am: maintainer-clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-generic \
323 distclean-am
324 @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
325 @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
326
327maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
328 -rm -f config.status
329
330.PHONY: install-info-am uninstall-info mostlyclean-aminfo \
331distclean-aminfo clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-aminfo tags distdir \
332info-am info dvi-am dvi check check-am installcheck-am installcheck \
333install-exec-am install-exec install-data-am install-data install-am \
334install uninstall-am uninstall all-redirect all-am all installdirs \
335mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \
336maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
337
338
339# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
340# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
341.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/lispintro/aclocal.m4 b/lispintro/aclocal.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..58ddd1cd9ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lispintro/aclocal.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
1dnl aclocal.m4 generated automatically by aclocal 1.4-p4
2
3dnl Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
5dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
6dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
7
8dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
9dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
10dnl even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
11dnl PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
12
13# Do all the work for Automake. This macro actually does too much --
14# some checks are only needed if your package does certain things.
15# But this isn't really a big deal.
16
17# serial 1
18
19dnl Usage:
20dnl AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(package,version, [no-define])
21
22AC_DEFUN(AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE,
23[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])
24PACKAGE=[$1]
25AC_SUBST(PACKAGE)
26VERSION=[$2]
27AC_SUBST(VERSION)
28dnl test to see if srcdir already configured
29if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`" && test -f $srcdir/config.status; then
30 AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first])
31fi
32ifelse([$3],,
33AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE", [Name of package])
34AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION", [Version number of package]))
35AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])
36AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])
37dnl FIXME This is truly gross.
38missing_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd`
39AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal, $missing_dir)
40AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf, $missing_dir)
41AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake, $missing_dir)
42AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader, $missing_dir)
43AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo, $missing_dir)
44AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])])
45
46#
47# Check to make sure that the build environment is sane.
48#
49
50AC_DEFUN(AM_SANITY_CHECK,
51[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane])
52# Just in case
53sleep 1
54echo timestamp > conftestfile
55# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
56# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
57# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
58# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
59# directory).
60if (
61 set X `ls -Lt $srcdir/configure conftestfile 2> /dev/null`
62 if test "[$]*" = "X"; then
63 # -L didn't work.
64 set X `ls -t $srcdir/configure conftestfile`
65 fi
66 if test "[$]*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftestfile" \
67 && test "[$]*" != "X conftestfile $srcdir/configure"; then
68
69 # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen
70 # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
71 # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually
72 # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane".
73 AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken
74alias in your environment])
75 fi
76
77 test "[$]2" = conftestfile
78 )
79then
80 # Ok.
81 :
82else
83 AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files!
84Check your system clock])
85fi
86rm -f conftest*
87AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)])
88
89dnl AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM, DIRECTORY)
90dnl The program must properly implement --version.
91AC_DEFUN(AM_MISSING_PROG,
92[AC_MSG_CHECKING(for working $2)
93# Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if
94# an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected.
95# Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf. Sigh.
96if ($2 --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
97 $1=$2
98 AC_MSG_RESULT(found)
99else
100 $1="$3/missing $2"
101 AC_MSG_RESULT(missing)
102fi
103AC_SUBST($1)])
104
diff --git a/lispintro/configure b/lispintro/configure
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d9909c67a6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lispintro/configure
@@ -0,0 +1,1043 @@
1#! /bin/sh
2
3# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
4# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.13
5# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6#
7# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
8# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
9
10# Defaults:
11ac_help=
12ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
13# Any additions from configure.in:
14
15# Initialize some variables set by options.
16# The variables have the same names as the options, with
17# dashes changed to underlines.
18build=NONE
19cache_file=./config.cache
20exec_prefix=NONE
21host=NONE
22no_create=
23nonopt=NONE
24no_recursion=
25prefix=NONE
26program_prefix=NONE
27program_suffix=NONE
28program_transform_name=s,x,x,
29silent=
30site=
31srcdir=
32target=NONE
33verbose=
34x_includes=NONE
35x_libraries=NONE
36bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
37sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
38libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
39datadir='${prefix}/share'
40sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
41sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
42localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
43libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
44includedir='${prefix}/include'
45oldincludedir='/usr/include'
46infodir='${prefix}/info'
47mandir='${prefix}/man'
48
49# Initialize some other variables.
50subdirs=
51MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS=
52SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
53# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
54ac_max_here_lines=12
55
56ac_prev=
57for ac_option
58do
59
60 # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
61 if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
62 eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
63 ac_prev=
64 continue
65 fi
66
67 case "$ac_option" in
68 -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;;
69 *) ac_optarg= ;;
70 esac
71
72 # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
73
74 case "$ac_option" in
75
76 -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
77 ac_prev=bindir ;;
78 -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
79 bindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
80
81 -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
82 ac_prev=build ;;
83 -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
84 build="$ac_optarg" ;;
85
86 -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
87 | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
88 ac_prev=cache_file ;;
89 -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
90 | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
91 cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;;
92
93 -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
94 ac_prev=datadir ;;
95 -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
96 | --da=*)
97 datadir="$ac_optarg" ;;
98
99 -disable-* | --disable-*)
100 ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'`
101 # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
102 if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
103 { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
104 fi
105 ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
106 eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;;
107
108 -enable-* | --enable-*)
109 ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
110 # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
111 if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
112 { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
113 fi
114 ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
115 case "$ac_option" in
116 *=*) ;;
117 *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
118 esac
119 eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
120
121 -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
122 | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
123 | --exec | --exe | --ex)
124 ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
125 -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
126 | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
127 | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
128 exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
129
130 -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
131 # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
132 with_gas=yes ;;
133
134 -help | --help | --hel | --he)
135 # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
136 # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
137 cat << EOF
138Usage: configure [options] [host]
139Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions]
140Configuration:
141 --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE
142 --help print this message
143 --no-create do not create output files
144 --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages
145 --version print the version of autoconf that created configure
146Directory and file names:
147 --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
148 [$ac_default_prefix]
149 --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
150 [same as prefix]
151 --bindir=DIR user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin]
152 --sbindir=DIR system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin]
153 --libexecdir=DIR program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec]
154 --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data in DIR
155 [PREFIX/share]
156 --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc]
157 --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR
158 [PREFIX/com]
159 --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var]
160 --libdir=DIR object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib]
161 --includedir=DIR C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include]
162 --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include]
163 --infodir=DIR info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info]
164 --mandir=DIR man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man]
165 --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..]
166 --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names
167 --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names
168 --program-transform-name=PROGRAM
169 run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
170EOF
171 cat << EOF
172Host type:
173 --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST]
174 --host=HOST configure for HOST [guessed]
175 --target=TARGET configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST]
176Features and packages:
177 --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
178 --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
179 --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
180 --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
181 --x-includes=DIR X include files are in DIR
182 --x-libraries=DIR X library files are in DIR
183EOF
184 if test -n "$ac_help"; then
185 echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help"
186 fi
187 exit 0 ;;
188
189 -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
190 ac_prev=host ;;
191 -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
192 host="$ac_optarg" ;;
193
194 -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
195 | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
196 ac_prev=includedir ;;
197 -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
198 | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
199 includedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
200
201 -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
202 ac_prev=infodir ;;
203 -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
204 infodir="$ac_optarg" ;;
205
206 -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
207 ac_prev=libdir ;;
208 -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
209 libdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
210
211 -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
212 | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
213 ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
214 -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
215 | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
216 libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
217
218 -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
219 | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
220 | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
221 ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
222 -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
223 | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
224 | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
225 localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
226
227 -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
228 ac_prev=mandir ;;
229 -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
230 mandir="$ac_optarg" ;;
231
232 -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
233 # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
234 with_fp=no ;;
235
236 -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
237 | --no-cr | --no-c)
238 no_create=yes ;;
239
240 -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
241 | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
242 no_recursion=yes ;;
243
244 -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
245 | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
246 | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
247 ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
248 -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
249 | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
250 | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
251 oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
252
253 -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
254 ac_prev=prefix ;;
255 -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
256 prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
257
258 -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
259 | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
260 ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
261 -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
262 | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
263 program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
264
265 -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
266 | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
267 ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
268 -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
269 | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
270 program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;;
271
272 -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
273 | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
274 | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
275 | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
276 | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
277 | --program-trans | --program-tran \
278 | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
279 ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
280 -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
281 | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
282 | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
283 | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
284 | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
285 | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
286 | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
287 program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;;
288
289 -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
290 | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
291 silent=yes ;;
292
293 -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
294 ac_prev=sbindir ;;
295 -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
296 | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
297 sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
298
299 -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
300 | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
301 | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
302 | --sha | --sh)
303 ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
304 -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
305 | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
306 | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
307 | --sha=* | --sh=*)
308 sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
309
310 -site | --site | --sit)
311 ac_prev=site ;;
312 -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
313 site="$ac_optarg" ;;
314
315 -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
316 ac_prev=srcdir ;;
317 -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
318 srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
319
320 -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
321 | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
322 ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
323 -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
324 | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
325 sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
326
327 -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
328 ac_prev=target ;;
329 -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
330 target="$ac_optarg" ;;
331
332 -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
333 verbose=yes ;;
334
335 -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers)
336 echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.13"
337 exit 0 ;;
338
339 -with-* | --with-*)
340 ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
341 # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
342 if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
343 { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
344 fi
345 ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
346 case "$ac_option" in
347 *=*) ;;
348 *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
349 esac
350 eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
351
352 -without-* | --without-*)
353 ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'`
354 # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
355 if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
356 { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
357 fi
358 ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
359 eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;;
360
361 --x)
362 # Obsolete; use --with-x.
363 with_x=yes ;;
364
365 -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
366 | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
367 ac_prev=x_includes ;;
368 -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
369 | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
370 x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;;
371
372 -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
373 | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
374 ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
375 -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
376 | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
377 x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;;
378
379 -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
380 ;;
381
382 *)
383 if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then
384 echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2
385 fi
386 if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then
387 { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; }
388 fi
389 nonopt="$ac_option"
390 ;;
391
392 esac
393done
394
395if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
396 { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; }
397fi
398
399trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
400
401# File descriptor usage:
402# 0 standard input
403# 1 file creation
404# 2 errors and warnings
405# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty
406# 4 used on the Kubota Titan
407# 6 checking for... messages and results
408# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log
409if test "$silent" = yes; then
410 exec 6>/dev/null
411else
412 exec 6>&1
413fi
414exec 5>./config.log
415
416echo "\
417This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
418running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
419" 1>&5
420
421# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
422# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters.
423ac_configure_args=
424for ac_arg
425do
426 case "$ac_arg" in
427 -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
428 | --no-cr | --no-c) ;;
429 -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
430 | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;;
431 *" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*)
432 ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
433 *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;;
434 esac
435done
436
437# NLS nuisances.
438# Only set these to C if already set. These must not be set unconditionally
439# because not all systems understand e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
440# Fixing LC_MESSAGES prevents Solaris sh from translating var values in `set'!
441# Non-C LC_CTYPE values break the ctype check.
442if test "${LANG+set}" = set; then LANG=C; export LANG; fi
443if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi
444if test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; fi
445if test "${LC_CTYPE+set}" = set; then LC_CTYPE=C; export LC_CTYPE; fi
446
447# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
448rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
449# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
450echo > confdefs.h
451
452# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that
453# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct.
454ac_unique_file=emacs-lisp-intro.texi
455
456# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
457if test -z "$srcdir"; then
458 ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
459 # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
460 ac_prog=$0
461 ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
462 test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=.
463 srcdir=$ac_confdir
464 if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
465 srcdir=..
466 fi
467else
468 ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
469fi
470if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
471 if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
472 { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; }
473 else
474 { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; }
475 fi
476fi
477srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'`
478
479# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
480if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
481 if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
482 CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
483 else
484 CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
485 fi
486fi
487for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
488 if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
489 echo "loading site script $ac_site_file"
490 . "$ac_site_file"
491 fi
492done
493
494if test -r "$cache_file"; then
495 echo "loading cache $cache_file"
496 . $cache_file
497else
498 echo "creating cache $cache_file"
499 > $cache_file
500fi
501
502ac_ext=c
503# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
504ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
505ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
506ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest${ac_exeext} $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
507cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
508
509ac_exeext=
510ac_objext=o
511if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then
512 # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu.
513 if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then
514 ac_n= ac_c='
515' ac_t=' '
516 else
517 ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t=
518 fi
519else
520 ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t=
521fi
522
523
524ac_aux_dir=
525for ac_dir in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../..; do
526 if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then
527 ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
528 ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
529 break
530 elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then
531 ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
532 ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
533 break
534 fi
535done
536if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
537 { echo "configure: error: can not find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." 1>&2; exit 1; }
538fi
539ac_config_guess=$ac_aux_dir/config.guess
540ac_config_sub=$ac_aux_dir/config.sub
541ac_configure=$ac_aux_dir/configure # This should be Cygnus configure.
542
543# Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster),
544# so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or
545# incompatible versions:
546# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
547# SunOS /usr/etc/install
548# IRIX /sbin/install
549# AIX /bin/install
550# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag
551# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
552# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
553# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
554echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6
555echo "configure:556: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5
556if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
557if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then
558 echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
559else
560 IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=":"
561 for ac_dir in $PATH; do
562 # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
563 case "$ac_dir/" in
564 /|./|.//|/etc/*|/usr/sbin/*|/usr/etc/*|/sbin/*|/usr/afsws/bin/*|/usr/ucb/*) ;;
565 *)
566 # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
567 # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root
568 # by default.
569 for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do
570 if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then
571 if test $ac_prog = install &&
572 grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then
573 # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention.
574 :
575 else
576 ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c"
577 break 2
578 fi
579 fi
580 done
581 ;;
582 esac
583 done
584 IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
585
586fi
587 if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
588 INSTALL="$ac_cv_path_install"
589 else
590 # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. We don't cache a
591 # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
592 # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
593 # removed, or if the path is relative.
594 INSTALL="$ac_install_sh"
595 fi
596fi
597echo "$ac_t""$INSTALL" 1>&6
598
599# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
600# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
601test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
602
603test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL_PROGRAM}'
604
605test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
606
607echo $ac_n "checking whether build environment is sane""... $ac_c" 1>&6
608echo "configure:609: checking whether build environment is sane" >&5
609# Just in case
610sleep 1
611echo timestamp > conftestfile
612# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
613# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
614# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
615# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
616# directory).
617if (
618 set X `ls -Lt $srcdir/configure conftestfile 2> /dev/null`
619 if test "$*" = "X"; then
620 # -L didn't work.
621 set X `ls -t $srcdir/configure conftestfile`
622 fi
623 if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftestfile" \
624 && test "$*" != "X conftestfile $srcdir/configure"; then
625
626 # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen
627 # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
628 # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually
629 # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane".
630 { echo "configure: error: ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken
631alias in your environment" 1>&2; exit 1; }
632 fi
633
634 test "$2" = conftestfile
635 )
636then
637 # Ok.
638 :
639else
640 { echo "configure: error: newly created file is older than distributed files!
641Check your system clock" 1>&2; exit 1; }
642fi
643rm -f conftest*
644echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
645if test "$program_transform_name" = s,x,x,; then
646 program_transform_name=
647else
648 # Double any \ or $. echo might interpret backslashes.
649 cat <<\EOF_SED > conftestsed
650s,\\,\\\\,g; s,\$,$$,g
651EOF_SED
652 program_transform_name="`echo $program_transform_name|sed -f conftestsed`"
653 rm -f conftestsed
654fi
655test "$program_prefix" != NONE &&
656 program_transform_name="s,^,${program_prefix},; $program_transform_name"
657# Use a double $ so make ignores it.
658test "$program_suffix" != NONE &&
659 program_transform_name="s,\$\$,${program_suffix},; $program_transform_name"
660
661# sed with no file args requires a program.
662test "$program_transform_name" = "" && program_transform_name="s,x,x,"
663
664echo $ac_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}""... $ac_c" 1>&6
665echo "configure:666: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}" >&5
666set dummy ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
667if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set'+set}'`\" = set"; then
668 echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
669else
670 cat > conftestmake <<\EOF
671all:
672 @echo 'ac_maketemp="${MAKE}"'
673EOF
674# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us.
675eval `${MAKE-make} -f conftestmake 2>/dev/null | grep temp=`
676if test -n "$ac_maketemp"; then
677 eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes
678else
679 eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no
680fi
681rm -f conftestmake
682fi
683if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_prog_make_'${ac_make}_set`\" = yes"; then
684 echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
685 SET_MAKE=
686else
687 echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
688 SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}"
689fi
690
691
692PACKAGE=emacs-lisp-intro
693
694VERSION=2.00
695
696if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`" && test -f $srcdir/config.status; then
697 { echo "configure: error: source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first" 1>&2; exit 1; }
698fi
699cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
700#define PACKAGE "$PACKAGE"
701EOF
702
703cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
704#define VERSION "$VERSION"
705EOF
706
707
708
709missing_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd`
710echo $ac_n "checking for working aclocal""... $ac_c" 1>&6
711echo "configure:712: checking for working aclocal" >&5
712# Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if
713# an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected.
714# Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf. Sigh.
715if (aclocal --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
716 ACLOCAL=aclocal
717 echo "$ac_t""found" 1>&6
718else
719 ACLOCAL="$missing_dir/missing aclocal"
720 echo "$ac_t""missing" 1>&6
721fi
722
723echo $ac_n "checking for working autoconf""... $ac_c" 1>&6
724echo "configure:725: checking for working autoconf" >&5
725# Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if
726# an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected.
727# Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf. Sigh.
728if (autoconf --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
729 AUTOCONF=autoconf
730 echo "$ac_t""found" 1>&6
731else
732 AUTOCONF="$missing_dir/missing autoconf"
733 echo "$ac_t""missing" 1>&6
734fi
735
736echo $ac_n "checking for working automake""... $ac_c" 1>&6
737echo "configure:738: checking for working automake" >&5
738# Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if
739# an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected.
740# Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf. Sigh.
741if (automake --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
742 AUTOMAKE=automake
743 echo "$ac_t""found" 1>&6
744else
745 AUTOMAKE="$missing_dir/missing automake"
746 echo "$ac_t""missing" 1>&6
747fi
748
749echo $ac_n "checking for working autoheader""... $ac_c" 1>&6
750echo "configure:751: checking for working autoheader" >&5
751# Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if
752# an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected.
753# Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf. Sigh.
754if (autoheader --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
755 AUTOHEADER=autoheader
756 echo "$ac_t""found" 1>&6
757else
758 AUTOHEADER="$missing_dir/missing autoheader"
759 echo "$ac_t""missing" 1>&6
760fi
761
762echo $ac_n "checking for working makeinfo""... $ac_c" 1>&6
763echo "configure:764: checking for working makeinfo" >&5
764# Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if
765# an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected.
766# Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf. Sigh.
767if (makeinfo --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
768 MAKEINFO=makeinfo
769 echo "$ac_t""found" 1>&6
770else
771 MAKEINFO="$missing_dir/missing makeinfo"
772 echo "$ac_t""missing" 1>&6
773fi
774
775
776trap '' 1 2 15
777cat > confcache <<\EOF
778# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
779# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
780# scripts and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems.
781# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
782#
783# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file,
784# creating it if it does not exist already. You can give configure
785# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is
786# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in
787# subdirectories, so they share the cache.
788# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure.
789# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the
790# --recheck option to rerun configure.
791#
792EOF
793# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
794# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
795# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
796# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
797# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
798(set) 2>&1 |
799 case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
800 *ac_space=\ *)
801 # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution
802 # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
803 sed -n \
804 -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \
805 -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p"
806 ;;
807 *)
808 # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
809 sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p'
810 ;;
811 esac >> confcache
812if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then
813 :
814else
815 if test -w $cache_file; then
816 echo "updating cache $cache_file"
817 cat confcache > $cache_file
818 else
819 echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
820 fi
821fi
822rm -f confcache
823
824trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
825
826test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
827# Let make expand exec_prefix.
828test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
829
830# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute
831# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed.
832# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it.
833if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
834 ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[^:]*$/d'
835fi
836
837trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
838
839# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
840# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
841# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
842cat > conftest.defs <<\EOF
843s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%-D\1=\2%g
844s%[ `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?]%\\&%g
845s%\[%\\&%g
846s%\]%\\&%g
847s%\$%$$%g
848EOF
849DEFS=`sed -f conftest.defs confdefs.h | tr '\012' ' '`
850rm -f conftest.defs
851
852
853# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status.
854: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
855
856echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS
857rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS
858cat > $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
859#! /bin/sh
860# Generated automatically by configure.
861# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
862# This directory was configured as follows,
863# on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
864#
865# $0 $ac_configure_args
866#
867# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
868# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists.
869
870ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]"
871for ac_option
872do
873 case "\$ac_option" in
874 -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
875 echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion"
876 exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;;
877 -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v)
878 echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.13"
879 exit 0 ;;
880 -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h)
881 echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
882 *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;;
883 esac
884done
885
886ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir
887ac_given_INSTALL="$INSTALL"
888
889trap 'rm -fr `echo "Makefile" | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
890EOF
891cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
892
893# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
894sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g\$/@g/; /@g\$/s/[\\\\&%]/\\\\&/g;
895 s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g\$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<\\CEOF
896$ac_vpsub
897$extrasub
898s%@SHELL@%$SHELL%g
899s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g
900s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g
901s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g
902s%@FFLAGS@%$FFLAGS%g
903s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g
904s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g
905s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g
906s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g
907s%@prefix@%$prefix%g
908s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g
909s%@bindir@%$bindir%g
910s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g
911s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g
912s%@datadir@%$datadir%g
913s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g
914s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g
915s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g
916s%@libdir@%$libdir%g
917s%@includedir@%$includedir%g
918s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g
919s%@infodir@%$infodir%g
920s%@mandir@%$mandir%g
921s%@INSTALL_PROGRAM@%$INSTALL_PROGRAM%g
922s%@INSTALL_SCRIPT@%$INSTALL_SCRIPT%g
923s%@INSTALL_DATA@%$INSTALL_DATA%g
924s%@PACKAGE@%$PACKAGE%g
925s%@VERSION@%$VERSION%g
926s%@ACLOCAL@%$ACLOCAL%g
927s%@AUTOCONF@%$AUTOCONF%g
928s%@AUTOMAKE@%$AUTOMAKE%g
929s%@AUTOHEADER@%$AUTOHEADER%g
930s%@MAKEINFO@%$MAKEINFO%g
931s%@SET_MAKE@%$SET_MAKE%g
932
933CEOF
934EOF
935
936cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
937
938# Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
939# small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
940ac_max_sed_cmds=90 # Maximum number of lines to put in a sed script.
941ac_file=1 # Number of current file.
942ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
943ac_end=$ac_max_sed_cmds # Line after last line for current file.
944ac_more_lines=:
945ac_sed_cmds=""
946while $ac_more_lines; do
947 if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
948 sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
949 else
950 sed "${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
951 fi
952 if test ! -s conftest.s$ac_file; then
953 ac_more_lines=false
954 rm -f conftest.s$ac_file
955 else
956 if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
957 ac_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
958 else
959 ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
960 fi
961 ac_file=`expr $ac_file + 1`
962 ac_beg=$ac_end
963 ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_cmds`
964 fi
965done
966if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
967 ac_sed_cmds=cat
968fi
969EOF
970
971cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
972
973CONFIG_FILES=\${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile"}
974EOF
975cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
976for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
977 # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
978 case "$ac_file" in
979 *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
980 ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
981 *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
982 esac
983
984 # Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories.
985
986 # Remove last slash and all that follows it. Not all systems have dirname.
987 ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
988 if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
989 # The file is in a subdirectory.
990 test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
991 ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
992 # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
993 ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
994 else
995 ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots=
996 fi
997
998 case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
999 .) srcdir=.
1000 if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=.
1001 else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;;
1002 /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
1003 *) # Relative path.
1004 srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"
1005 top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
1006 esac
1007
1008 case "$ac_given_INSTALL" in
1009 [/$]*) INSTALL="$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
1010 *) INSTALL="$ac_dots$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
1011 esac
1012
1013 echo creating "$ac_file"
1014 rm -f "$ac_file"
1015 configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure."
1016 case "$ac_file" in
1017 *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\
1018# $configure_input" ;;
1019 *) ac_comsub= ;;
1020 esac
1021
1022 ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
1023 sed -e "$ac_comsub
1024s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g
1025s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g
1026s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g
1027s%@INSTALL@%$INSTALL%g
1028" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") > $ac_file
1029fi; done
1030rm -f conftest.s*
1031
1032EOF
1033cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
1034
1035EOF
1036cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
1037
1038exit 0
1039EOF
1040chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
1041rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files
1042test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1
1043
diff --git a/lispintro/configure.in b/lispintro/configure.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e222b955a25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lispintro/configure.in
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
1dnl autoconf input file for the emacs lisp intro
2
3AC_INIT(emacs-lisp-intro.texi)
4AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(emacs-lisp-intro, 2.00)
5AC_OUTPUT(Makefile)
diff --git a/lispintro/cons-1.eps b/lispintro/cons-1.eps
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6ec005c7cb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lispintro/cons-1.eps
@@ -0,0 +1,564 @@
1%!
2%%BoundingBox: 35 711 289 757
3%%Title: cons-cell-diagram1
4%%CreationDate: Wed Mar 8 14:26:58 1995
5%%Creator: Tgif-2.16-p4 by William Chia-Wei Cheng (william@cs.UCLA.edu)
6%
7% Due to bugs in Transcript, the 'PS-Adobe-' stuff is omitted from line 1
8%
9
10/tgifdict 132 dict def
11tgifdict begin
12
13%
14% Using a zero value radius for an ellipse or an arc would result
15% in a non-invertible CTM matrix which causes problem when this
16% when this PostScript is wrapped inside other routines, such as
17% the multi.ps package from
18% ftp.ucc.su.oz.au:/pub/ps_printing/multi. You can overcome such
19% error by uncommenting the sole line of the procedure below:
20%
21/tgif_min_radius
22 {
23% dup 0.01 lt { pop 0.01 } if
24 } bind def
25
26/tgifellipsedict 6 dict def
27tgifellipsedict /mtrx matrix put
28
29/tgifellipse
30 { tgifellipsedict begin
31 /yrad exch def
32 /xrad exch def
33 /y exch def
34 /x exch def
35 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
36 x y translate
37 xrad yrad scale
38 0 0 1 0 360 arc
39 savematrix setmatrix
40 end
41 } def
42
43/tgifarrowtipdict 8 dict def
44tgifarrowtipdict /mtrx matrix put
45
46/tgifarrowtip
47 { tgifarrowtipdict begin
48 /dy exch def
49 /dx exch def
50 /h exch def
51 /w exch def
52 /y exch def
53 /x exch def
54 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
55 x y translate
56 dy dx atan rotate
57 0 0 moveto
58 w neg h lineto
59 w neg h neg lineto
60 savematrix setmatrix
61 end
62 } def
63
64/tgifarcdict 8 dict def
65tgifarcdict /mtrx matrix put
66
67/tgifarcn
68 { tgifarcdict begin
69 /endangle exch def
70 /startangle exch def
71 /yrad exch def
72 /xrad exch def
73 /y exch def
74 /x exch def
75 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
76 x y translate
77 xrad yrad scale
78 0 0 1 startangle endangle arc
79 savematrix setmatrix
80 end
81 } def
82
83/tgifarc
84 { tgifarcdict begin
85 /endangle exch def
86 /startangle exch def
87 /yrad exch def
88 /xrad exch def
89 /y exch def
90 /x exch def
91 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
92 x y translate
93 xrad yrad scale
94 0 0 1 startangle endangle arcn
95 savematrix setmatrix
96 end
97 } def
98
99/tgifsetuserscreendict 22 dict def
100tgifsetuserscreendict begin
101 /tempctm matrix def
102 /temprot matrix def
103 /tempscale matrix def
104
105 /concatprocs
106 { /proc2 exch cvlit def
107 /proc1 exch cvlit def
108 /newproc proc1 length proc2 length add array def
109 newproc 0 proc1 putinterval
110 newproc proc1 length proc2 putinterval
111 newproc cvx
112 } def
113 /resmatrix matrix def
114 /findresolution
115 { 72 0 resmatrix defaultmatrix dtransform
116 /yres exch def /xres exch def
117 xres dup mul yres dup mul add sqrt
118 } def
119end
120
121/tgifsetuserscreen
122 { tgifsetuserscreendict begin
123 /spotfunction exch def
124 /screenangle exch def
125 /cellsize exch def
126
127 /m tempctm currentmatrix def
128 /rm screenangle temprot rotate def
129 /sm cellsize dup tempscale scale def
130
131 sm rm m m concatmatrix m concatmatrix pop
132
133 1 0 m dtransform /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
134
135 /veclength x1 dup mul y1 dup mul add sqrt def
136 /frequency findresolution veclength div def
137
138 /newscreenangle y1 x1 atan def
139
140 m 2 get m 1 get mul m 0 get m 3 get mul sub 0 gt
141
142 {{neg} /spotfunction load concatprocs
143 /spotfunction exch def
144 } if
145
146 frequency newscreenangle /spotfunction load setscreen
147 end
148 } def
149
150/tgifsetpatterndict 18 dict def
151tgifsetpatterndict begin
152 /bitison
153 { /ybit exch def /xbit exch def
154 /bytevalue bstring ybit bwidth mul xbit 8 idiv add get def
155
156 /mask 1 7 xbit 8 mod sub bitshift def
157 bytevalue mask and 0 ne
158 } def
159end
160
161/tgifbitpatternspotfunction
162 { tgifsetpatterndict begin
163 /y exch def /x exch def
164
165 /xindex x 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
166 /yindex y 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
167
168 xindex yindex bitison
169 { /onbits onbits 1 add def 1 }
170 { /offbits offbits 1 add def 0 }
171 ifelse
172 end
173 } def
174
175/tgifsetpattern
176 { tgifsetpatterndict begin
177 /cellsz exch def
178 /angle exch def
179 /bwidth exch def
180 /bpside exch def
181 /bstring exch def
182
183 /onbits 0 def /offbits 0 def
184 cellsz angle /tgifbitpatternspotfunction load tgifsetuserscreen
185 {} settransfer
186 offbits offbits onbits add div setgray
187 end
188 } def
189
190/tgifxpmdict 4 dict def
191/tgifbwpicstr 1 string def
192/tgifcolorpicstr 3 string def
193
194/tgifsetpixels { tgifxpmdict begin /pixels exch def end } def
195
196/tgifsetpix { tgifxpmdict begin pixels 3 1 roll putinterval end } def
197
198/tgifbwspot
199 { tgifxpmdict begin
200 /index exch def
201 tgifbwpicstr 0
202 pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
203 255 mul .114 mul exch 255 mul .587 mul add exch 255 mul .299 mul add
204 cvi put
205 tgifbwpicstr
206 end
207 } def
208
209/tgifcolorspot
210 { tgifxpmdict begin
211 /index exch def
212 pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
213 255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 2 3 -1 roll put
214 255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 1 3 -1 roll put
215 255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 0 3 -1 roll put
216 tgifcolorpicstr
217 end
218 } def
219
220/tgifnewcolorspot
221 { tgifxpmdict begin
222 /index exch def
223 pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop setrgbcolor
224 end
225 } def
226
227/tgifcolordict 4 dict def
228
229/colorimage where
230 { pop }
231 { /colorimage
232 { tgifcolordict begin
233 pop pop pop pop pop
234 /ih exch def
235 /iw exch def
236 /x 0 def
237 /y 0 def
238 1 1 ih
239 { pop 1 1 iw
240 { pop currentfile
241 tgifbwpicstr readhexstring pop 0 get tgifnewcolorspot
242 x y moveto 1 0 rlineto 0 1 rlineto -1 0 rlineto
243 closepath fill
244 /x x 1 add def
245 } for
246 /y y 1 add def
247 /x 0 def
248 } for
249 end
250 } def
251 } ifelse
252
253/tgifpatdict 10 dict def
254
255/tgifpatbyte
256 { currentdict /retstr get exch
257 pat i cellsz mod get put
258 } def
259
260/tgifpatproc
261 { 0 1 widthlim {tgifpatbyte} for retstr
262 /i i 1 add def
263 } def
264
265/tgifpatfill
266 { tgifpatdict begin
267 /h exch def
268 /w exch def
269 /lty exch def
270 /ltx exch def
271 /cellsz exch def
272 /pat exch def
273
274 /widthlim w cellsz div cvi 1 sub def
275 /retstr widthlim 1 add string def
276 /i 0 def
277
278 ltx lty translate
279 w h true [1 0 0 1 0 0] {tgifpatproc} imagemask
280 ltx neg lty neg translate
281 end
282 } def
283
284/pat1 <ffffffffffffffff> def
285/pat2 <0000000000000000> def
286/pat3 <8000000008000000> def
287/pat4 <8800000022000000> def
288/pat5 <8800220088002200> def
289/pat6 <8822882288228822> def
290/pat7 <aa55aa55aa55aa55> def
291/pat8 <77dd77dd77dd77dd> def
292/pat9 <77ffddff77ffddff> def
293/pat10 <77ffffff77ffffff> def
294/pat11 <7fffffff7fffffff> def
295/pat12 <8040200002040800> def
296/pat13 <40a00000040a0000> def
297/pat14 <ff888888ff888888> def
298/pat15 <ff808080ff080808> def
299/pat16 <f87422478f172271> def
300/pat17 <038448300c020101> def
301/pat18 <081c22c180010204> def
302/pat19 <8080413e080814e3> def
303/pat20 <8040201008040201> def
304/pat21 <8844221188442211> def
305/pat22 <77bbddee77bbddee> def
306/pat23 <c1e070381c0e0783> def
307/pat24 <7fbfdfeff7fbfdfe> def
308/pat25 <3e1f8fc7e3f1f87c> def
309/pat26 <0102040810204080> def
310/pat27 <1122448811224488> def
311/pat28 <eeddbb77eeddbb77> def
312/pat29 <83070e1c3870e0c1> def
313/pat30 <fefdfbf7efdfbf7f> def
314/pat31 <7cf8f1e3c78f1f3e> def
315
316/tgifcentertext { dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto } def
317
318/tgifrighttext { dup stringwidth pop neg 0 rmoveto } def
319
320/tgifreencsmalldict 12 dict def
321/tgifReEncodeSmall
322 { tgifreencsmalldict begin
323 /newcodesandnames exch def
324 /newfontname exch def
325 /basefontname exch def
326
327 /basefontdict basefontname findfont def
328 /newfont basefontdict maxlength dict def
329
330 basefontdict
331 { exch dup /FID ne
332 { dup /Encoding eq
333 { exch dup length array copy newfont 3 1 roll put }
334 { exch newfont 3 1 roll put }
335 ifelse
336 }
337 { pop pop }
338 ifelse
339 }
340 forall
341
342 newfont /FontName newfontname put
343 newcodesandnames aload pop
344
345 newcodesandnames length 2 idiv
346 { newfont /Encoding get 3 1 roll put}
347 repeat
348
349 newfontname newfont definefont pop
350 end
351 } def
352
353/tgifgray { 8 1 0 72 300 32 div div tgifsetpattern } bind def
354
355/tgifboxdict 6 dict def
356/tgifboxstroke
357 { tgifboxdict begin
358 /pat def /w def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
359 1.415 setmiterlimit
360 w 1 eq { w setlinewidth } if
361 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
362 newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
363 pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray stroke 0 setgray } { stroke } ifelse
364 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
365 w 1 eq { 1 setlinewidth } if
366 1 setmiterlimit
367 end
368 } def
369/tgifboxfill
370 { tgifboxdict begin
371 /pat def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
372 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
373 newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
374 pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray fill 0 setgray } { fill } ifelse
375 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
376 end
377 } def
378
379end
380
381%%PageBoundingBox: 35 711 289 757
382tgifdict begin
383/tgifsavedpage save def
384
3851 setmiterlimit
3861 setlinewidth
387
3880 setgray
389
39072 0 mul 72 11.00 mul translate
39172 128 div 100 mul 100 div dup neg scale
392
393gsave
394
395% BOX
396gsave
397 1.415 setmiterlimit
398 newpath
399 66 66 moveto 130 66 lineto 130 98 lineto 66 98 lineto
400 closepath stroke
401 1 setmiterlimit
402grestore
403
404% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
405gsave
406 newpath
407 98 66 moveto
408 98 98 lineto
409 stroke
410grestore
411
412% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
413gsave
414 newpath
415 114 82 moveto
416 0 80 atan dup cos 8 mul 194 exch sub
417 exch sin 8 mul 82 exch sub lineto
418 stroke
419grestore
420gsave
421 newpath
422 194 82 8 3 80 0 tgifarrowtip
423 closepath fill
424grestore
425
426% TEXT
4270 setgray
428/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
429 gsave
430 146 136 moveto (rose) show
431 grestore
432
433% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
434gsave
435 newpath
436 82 82 moveto
437 82 131 lineto
438 0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 130 exch sub
439 exch sin 8 mul 131 exch sub lineto
440 stroke
441grestore
442gsave
443 newpath
444 130 131 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
445 closepath fill
446grestore
447
448% BOX
449gsave
450 1.415 setmiterlimit
451 newpath
452 199 66 moveto 263 66 lineto 263 98 lineto 199 98 lineto
453 closepath stroke
454 1 setmiterlimit
455grestore
456
457% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
458gsave
459 newpath
460 231 66 moveto
461 231 98 lineto
462 stroke
463grestore
464
465% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
466gsave
467 newpath
468 247 82 moveto
469 0 93 atan dup cos 8 mul 340 exch sub
470 exch sin 8 mul 82 exch sub lineto
471 stroke
472grestore
473gsave
474 newpath
475 340 82 8 3 93 0 tgifarrowtip
476 closepath fill
477grestore
478
479% TEXT
4800 setgray
481/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
482 gsave
483 279 136 moveto (violet) show
484 grestore
485
486% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
487gsave
488 newpath
489 215 82 moveto
490 215 131 lineto
491 0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 263 exch sub
492 exch sin 8 mul 131 exch sub lineto
493 stroke
494grestore
495gsave
496 newpath
497 263 131 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
498 closepath fill
499grestore
500
501% BOX
502gsave
503 1.415 setmiterlimit
504 newpath
505 342 64 moveto 406 64 lineto 406 96 lineto 342 96 lineto
506 closepath stroke
507 1 setmiterlimit
508grestore
509
510% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
511gsave
512 newpath
513 373 64 moveto
514 373 96 lineto
515 stroke
516grestore
517
518% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
519gsave
520 newpath
521 389 81 moveto
522 0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 437 exch sub
523 exch sin 8 mul 81 exch sub lineto
524 stroke
525grestore
526gsave
527 newpath
528 437 81 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
529 closepath fill
530grestore
531
532% TEXT
5330 setgray
534/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
535 gsave
536 421 135 moveto (buttercup) show
537 grestore
538
539% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
540gsave
541 newpath
542 357 81 moveto
543 357 130 lineto
544 0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 405 exch sub
545 exch sin 8 mul 130 exch sub lineto
546 stroke
547grestore
548gsave
549 newpath
550 405 130 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
551 closepath fill
552grestore
553
554% TEXT
5550 setgray
556/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
557 gsave
558 449 87 moveto (nil) show
559 grestore
560
561grestore
562tgifsavedpage restore
563end
564%MatchingCreationDate: Wed Mar 8 14:26:58 1995
diff --git a/lispintro/cons-2.eps b/lispintro/cons-2.eps
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bad0c75e6e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lispintro/cons-2.eps
@@ -0,0 +1,586 @@
1%!
2%%BoundingBox: 15 712 321 775
3%%Title: cons-cell-diagram2
4%%CreationDate: Wed Mar 8 14:26:39 1995
5%%Creator: Tgif-2.16-p4 by William Chia-Wei Cheng (william@cs.UCLA.edu)
6%
7% Due to bugs in Transcript, the 'PS-Adobe-' stuff is omitted from line 1
8%
9
10/tgifdict 132 dict def
11tgifdict begin
12
13%
14% Using a zero value radius for an ellipse or an arc would result
15% in a non-invertible CTM matrix which causes problem when this
16% when this PostScript is wrapped inside other routines, such as
17% the multi.ps package from
18% ftp.ucc.su.oz.au:/pub/ps_printing/multi. You can overcome such
19% error by uncommenting the sole line of the procedure below:
20%
21/tgif_min_radius
22 {
23% dup 0.01 lt { pop 0.01 } if
24 } bind def
25
26/tgifellipsedict 6 dict def
27tgifellipsedict /mtrx matrix put
28
29/tgifellipse
30 { tgifellipsedict begin
31 /yrad exch def
32 /xrad exch def
33 /y exch def
34 /x exch def
35 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
36 x y translate
37 xrad yrad scale
38 0 0 1 0 360 arc
39 savematrix setmatrix
40 end
41 } def
42
43/tgifarrowtipdict 8 dict def
44tgifarrowtipdict /mtrx matrix put
45
46/tgifarrowtip
47 { tgifarrowtipdict begin
48 /dy exch def
49 /dx exch def
50 /h exch def
51 /w exch def
52 /y exch def
53 /x exch def
54 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
55 x y translate
56 dy dx atan rotate
57 0 0 moveto
58 w neg h lineto
59 w neg h neg lineto
60 savematrix setmatrix
61 end
62 } def
63
64/tgifarcdict 8 dict def
65tgifarcdict /mtrx matrix put
66
67/tgifarcn
68 { tgifarcdict begin
69 /endangle exch def
70 /startangle exch def
71 /yrad exch def
72 /xrad exch def
73 /y exch def
74 /x exch def
75 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
76 x y translate
77 xrad yrad scale
78 0 0 1 startangle endangle arc
79 savematrix setmatrix
80 end
81 } def
82
83/tgifarc
84 { tgifarcdict begin
85 /endangle exch def
86 /startangle exch def
87 /yrad exch def
88 /xrad exch def
89 /y exch def
90 /x exch def
91 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
92 x y translate
93 xrad yrad scale
94 0 0 1 startangle endangle arcn
95 savematrix setmatrix
96 end
97 } def
98
99/tgifsetuserscreendict 22 dict def
100tgifsetuserscreendict begin
101 /tempctm matrix def
102 /temprot matrix def
103 /tempscale matrix def
104
105 /concatprocs
106 { /proc2 exch cvlit def
107 /proc1 exch cvlit def
108 /newproc proc1 length proc2 length add array def
109 newproc 0 proc1 putinterval
110 newproc proc1 length proc2 putinterval
111 newproc cvx
112 } def
113 /resmatrix matrix def
114 /findresolution
115 { 72 0 resmatrix defaultmatrix dtransform
116 /yres exch def /xres exch def
117 xres dup mul yres dup mul add sqrt
118 } def
119end
120
121/tgifsetuserscreen
122 { tgifsetuserscreendict begin
123 /spotfunction exch def
124 /screenangle exch def
125 /cellsize exch def
126
127 /m tempctm currentmatrix def
128 /rm screenangle temprot rotate def
129 /sm cellsize dup tempscale scale def
130
131 sm rm m m concatmatrix m concatmatrix pop
132
133 1 0 m dtransform /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
134
135 /veclength x1 dup mul y1 dup mul add sqrt def
136 /frequency findresolution veclength div def
137
138 /newscreenangle y1 x1 atan def
139
140 m 2 get m 1 get mul m 0 get m 3 get mul sub 0 gt
141
142 {{neg} /spotfunction load concatprocs
143 /spotfunction exch def
144 } if
145
146 frequency newscreenangle /spotfunction load setscreen
147 end
148 } def
149
150/tgifsetpatterndict 18 dict def
151tgifsetpatterndict begin
152 /bitison
153 { /ybit exch def /xbit exch def
154 /bytevalue bstring ybit bwidth mul xbit 8 idiv add get def
155
156 /mask 1 7 xbit 8 mod sub bitshift def
157 bytevalue mask and 0 ne
158 } def
159end
160
161/tgifbitpatternspotfunction
162 { tgifsetpatterndict begin
163 /y exch def /x exch def
164
165 /xindex x 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
166 /yindex y 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
167
168 xindex yindex bitison
169 { /onbits onbits 1 add def 1 }
170 { /offbits offbits 1 add def 0 }
171 ifelse
172 end
173 } def
174
175/tgifsetpattern
176 { tgifsetpatterndict begin
177 /cellsz exch def
178 /angle exch def
179 /bwidth exch def
180 /bpside exch def
181 /bstring exch def
182
183 /onbits 0 def /offbits 0 def
184 cellsz angle /tgifbitpatternspotfunction load tgifsetuserscreen
185 {} settransfer
186 offbits offbits onbits add div setgray
187 end
188 } def
189
190/tgifxpmdict 4 dict def
191/tgifbwpicstr 1 string def
192/tgifcolorpicstr 3 string def
193
194/tgifsetpixels { tgifxpmdict begin /pixels exch def end } def
195
196/tgifsetpix { tgifxpmdict begin pixels 3 1 roll putinterval end } def
197
198/tgifbwspot
199 { tgifxpmdict begin
200 /index exch def
201 tgifbwpicstr 0
202 pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
203 255 mul .114 mul exch 255 mul .587 mul add exch 255 mul .299 mul add
204 cvi put
205 tgifbwpicstr
206 end
207 } def
208
209/tgifcolorspot
210 { tgifxpmdict begin
211 /index exch def
212 pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
213 255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 2 3 -1 roll put
214 255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 1 3 -1 roll put
215 255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 0 3 -1 roll put
216 tgifcolorpicstr
217 end
218 } def
219
220/tgifnewcolorspot
221 { tgifxpmdict begin
222 /index exch def
223 pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop setrgbcolor
224 end
225 } def
226
227/tgifcolordict 4 dict def
228
229/colorimage where
230 { pop }
231 { /colorimage
232 { tgifcolordict begin
233 pop pop pop pop pop
234 /ih exch def
235 /iw exch def
236 /x 0 def
237 /y 0 def
238 1 1 ih
239 { pop 1 1 iw
240 { pop currentfile
241 tgifbwpicstr readhexstring pop 0 get tgifnewcolorspot
242 x y moveto 1 0 rlineto 0 1 rlineto -1 0 rlineto
243 closepath fill
244 /x x 1 add def
245 } for
246 /y y 1 add def
247 /x 0 def
248 } for
249 end
250 } def
251 } ifelse
252
253/tgifpatdict 10 dict def
254
255/tgifpatbyte
256 { currentdict /retstr get exch
257 pat i cellsz mod get put
258 } def
259
260/tgifpatproc
261 { 0 1 widthlim {tgifpatbyte} for retstr
262 /i i 1 add def
263 } def
264
265/tgifpatfill
266 { tgifpatdict begin
267 /h exch def
268 /w exch def
269 /lty exch def
270 /ltx exch def
271 /cellsz exch def
272 /pat exch def
273
274 /widthlim w cellsz div cvi 1 sub def
275 /retstr widthlim 1 add string def
276 /i 0 def
277
278 ltx lty translate
279 w h true [1 0 0 1 0 0] {tgifpatproc} imagemask
280 ltx neg lty neg translate
281 end
282 } def
283
284/pat1 <ffffffffffffffff> def
285/pat2 <0000000000000000> def
286/pat3 <8000000008000000> def
287/pat4 <8800000022000000> def
288/pat5 <8800220088002200> def
289/pat6 <8822882288228822> def
290/pat7 <aa55aa55aa55aa55> def
291/pat8 <77dd77dd77dd77dd> def
292/pat9 <77ffddff77ffddff> def
293/pat10 <77ffffff77ffffff> def
294/pat11 <7fffffff7fffffff> def
295/pat12 <8040200002040800> def
296/pat13 <40a00000040a0000> def
297/pat14 <ff888888ff888888> def
298/pat15 <ff808080ff080808> def
299/pat16 <f87422478f172271> def
300/pat17 <038448300c020101> def
301/pat18 <081c22c180010204> def
302/pat19 <8080413e080814e3> def
303/pat20 <8040201008040201> def
304/pat21 <8844221188442211> def
305/pat22 <77bbddee77bbddee> def
306/pat23 <c1e070381c0e0783> def
307/pat24 <7fbfdfeff7fbfdfe> def
308/pat25 <3e1f8fc7e3f1f87c> def
309/pat26 <0102040810204080> def
310/pat27 <1122448811224488> def
311/pat28 <eeddbb77eeddbb77> def
312/pat29 <83070e1c3870e0c1> def
313/pat30 <fefdfbf7efdfbf7f> def
314/pat31 <7cf8f1e3c78f1f3e> def
315
316/tgifcentertext { dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto } def
317
318/tgifrighttext { dup stringwidth pop neg 0 rmoveto } def
319
320/tgifreencsmalldict 12 dict def
321/tgifReEncodeSmall
322 { tgifreencsmalldict begin
323 /newcodesandnames exch def
324 /newfontname exch def
325 /basefontname exch def
326
327 /basefontdict basefontname findfont def
328 /newfont basefontdict maxlength dict def
329
330 basefontdict
331 { exch dup /FID ne
332 { dup /Encoding eq
333 { exch dup length array copy newfont 3 1 roll put }
334 { exch newfont 3 1 roll put }
335 ifelse
336 }
337 { pop pop }
338 ifelse
339 }
340 forall
341
342 newfont /FontName newfontname put
343 newcodesandnames aload pop
344
345 newcodesandnames length 2 idiv
346 { newfont /Encoding get 3 1 roll put}
347 repeat
348
349 newfontname newfont definefont pop
350 end
351 } def
352
353/tgifgray { 8 1 0 72 300 32 div div tgifsetpattern } bind def
354
355/tgifboxdict 6 dict def
356/tgifboxstroke
357 { tgifboxdict begin
358 /pat def /w def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
359 1.415 setmiterlimit
360 w 1 eq { w setlinewidth } if
361 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
362 newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
363 pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray stroke 0 setgray } { stroke } ifelse
364 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
365 w 1 eq { 1 setlinewidth } if
366 1 setmiterlimit
367 end
368 } def
369/tgifboxfill
370 { tgifboxdict begin
371 /pat def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
372 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
373 newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
374 pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray fill 0 setgray } { fill } ifelse
375 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
376 end
377 } def
378
379end
380
381%%PageBoundingBox: 15 712 321 775
382tgifdict begin
383/tgifsavedpage save def
384
3851 setmiterlimit
3861 setlinewidth
387
3880 setgray
389
39072 0 mul 72 11.00 mul translate
39172 128 div 100 mul 100 div dup neg scale
392
393gsave
394
395% TEXT
3960 setgray
397/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
398 gsave
399 32 47 moveto (bouquet) show
400 grestore
401
402% BOX
403gsave
404 1.415 setmiterlimit
405 newpath
406 122 65 moveto 186 65 lineto 186 97 lineto 122 97 lineto
407 closepath stroke
408 1 setmiterlimit
409grestore
410
411% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
412gsave
413 newpath
414 154 65 moveto
415 154 97 lineto
416 stroke
417grestore
418
419% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
420gsave
421 newpath
422 170 81 moveto
423 0 80 atan dup cos 8 mul 250 exch sub
424 exch sin 8 mul 81 exch sub lineto
425 stroke
426grestore
427gsave
428 newpath
429 250 81 8 3 80 0 tgifarrowtip
430 closepath fill
431grestore
432
433% TEXT
4340 setgray
435/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
436 gsave
437 202 135 moveto (rose) show
438 grestore
439
440% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
441gsave
442 newpath
443 138 81 moveto
444 138 130 lineto
445 0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 186 exch sub
446 exch sin 8 mul 130 exch sub lineto
447 stroke
448grestore
449gsave
450 newpath
451 186 130 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
452 closepath fill
453grestore
454
455% BOX
456gsave
457 1.415 setmiterlimit
458 newpath
459 255 65 moveto 319 65 lineto 319 97 lineto 255 97 lineto
460 closepath stroke
461 1 setmiterlimit
462grestore
463
464% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
465gsave
466 newpath
467 287 65 moveto
468 287 97 lineto
469 stroke
470grestore
471
472% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
473gsave
474 newpath
475 303 81 moveto
476 0 93 atan dup cos 8 mul 396 exch sub
477 exch sin 8 mul 81 exch sub lineto
478 stroke
479grestore
480gsave
481 newpath
482 396 81 8 3 93 0 tgifarrowtip
483 closepath fill
484grestore
485
486% TEXT
4870 setgray
488/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
489 gsave
490 335 135 moveto (violet) show
491 grestore
492
493% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
494gsave
495 newpath
496 271 81 moveto
497 271 130 lineto
498 0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 319 exch sub
499 exch sin 8 mul 130 exch sub lineto
500 stroke
501grestore
502gsave
503 newpath
504 319 130 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
505 closepath fill
506grestore
507
508% BOX
509gsave
510 1.415 setmiterlimit
511 newpath
512 398 63 moveto 462 63 lineto 462 95 lineto 398 95 lineto
513 closepath stroke
514 1 setmiterlimit
515grestore
516
517% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
518gsave
519 newpath
520 429 63 moveto
521 429 95 lineto
522 stroke
523grestore
524
525% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
526gsave
527 newpath
528 445 80 moveto
529 0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 493 exch sub
530 exch sin 8 mul 80 exch sub lineto
531 stroke
532grestore
533gsave
534 newpath
535 493 80 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
536 closepath fill
537grestore
538
539% TEXT
5400 setgray
541/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
542 gsave
543 477 134 moveto (buttercup) show
544 grestore
545
546% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
547gsave
548 newpath
549 413 80 moveto
550 413 129 lineto
551 0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 461 exch sub
552 exch sin 8 mul 129 exch sub lineto
553 stroke
554grestore
555gsave
556 newpath
557 461 129 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
558 closepath fill
559grestore
560
561% TEXT
5620 setgray
563/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
564 gsave
565 505 86 moveto (nil) show
566 grestore
567
568% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
569gsave
570 newpath
571 66 53 moveto
572 66 81 lineto
573 0 46 atan dup cos 8 mul 112 exch sub
574 exch sin 8 mul 81 exch sub lineto
575 stroke
576grestore
577gsave
578 newpath
579 112 81 8 3 46 0 tgifarrowtip
580 closepath fill
581grestore
582
583grestore
584tgifsavedpage restore
585end
586%MatchingCreationDate: Wed Mar 8 14:26:39 1995
diff --git a/lispintro/cons-2a.eps b/lispintro/cons-2a.eps
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2efbb4b1697
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lispintro/cons-2a.eps
@@ -0,0 +1,580 @@
1%!
2%%BoundingBox: 15 702 300 767
3%%Title: cons-cell-diagram2a
4%%CreationDate: Tue Mar 14 15:09:30 1995
5%%Creator: Tgif-2.16-p4 by William Chia-Wei Cheng (william@cs.UCLA.edu)
6%
7% Due to bugs in Transcript, the 'PS-Adobe-' stuff is omitted from line 1
8%
9
10/tgifdict 132 dict def
11tgifdict begin
12
13%
14% Using a zero value radius for an ellipse or an arc would result
15% in a non-invertible CTM matrix which causes problem when this
16% when this PostScript is wrapped inside other routines, such as
17% the multi.ps package from
18% ftp.ucc.su.oz.au:/pub/ps_printing/multi. You can overcome such
19% error by uncommenting the sole line of the procedure below:
20%
21/tgif_min_radius
22 {
23% dup 0.01 lt { pop 0.01 } if
24 } bind def
25
26/tgifellipsedict 6 dict def
27tgifellipsedict /mtrx matrix put
28
29/tgifellipse
30 { tgifellipsedict begin
31 /yrad exch def
32 /xrad exch def
33 /y exch def
34 /x exch def
35 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
36 x y translate
37 xrad yrad scale
38 0 0 1 0 360 arc
39 savematrix setmatrix
40 end
41 } def
42
43/tgifarrowtipdict 8 dict def
44tgifarrowtipdict /mtrx matrix put
45
46/tgifarrowtip
47 { tgifarrowtipdict begin
48 /dy exch def
49 /dx exch def
50 /h exch def
51 /w exch def
52 /y exch def
53 /x exch def
54 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
55 x y translate
56 dy dx atan rotate
57 0 0 moveto
58 w neg h lineto
59 w neg h neg lineto
60 savematrix setmatrix
61 end
62 } def
63
64/tgifarcdict 8 dict def
65tgifarcdict /mtrx matrix put
66
67/tgifarcn
68 { tgifarcdict begin
69 /endangle exch def
70 /startangle exch def
71 /yrad exch def
72 /xrad exch def
73 /y exch def
74 /x exch def
75 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
76 x y translate
77 xrad yrad scale
78 0 0 1 startangle endangle arc
79 savematrix setmatrix
80 end
81 } def
82
83/tgifarc
84 { tgifarcdict begin
85 /endangle exch def
86 /startangle exch def
87 /yrad exch def
88 /xrad exch def
89 /y exch def
90 /x exch def
91 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
92 x y translate
93 xrad yrad scale
94 0 0 1 startangle endangle arcn
95 savematrix setmatrix
96 end
97 } def
98
99/tgifsetuserscreendict 22 dict def
100tgifsetuserscreendict begin
101 /tempctm matrix def
102 /temprot matrix def
103 /tempscale matrix def
104
105 /concatprocs
106 { /proc2 exch cvlit def
107 /proc1 exch cvlit def
108 /newproc proc1 length proc2 length add array def
109 newproc 0 proc1 putinterval
110 newproc proc1 length proc2 putinterval
111 newproc cvx
112 } def
113 /resmatrix matrix def
114 /findresolution
115 { 72 0 resmatrix defaultmatrix dtransform
116 /yres exch def /xres exch def
117 xres dup mul yres dup mul add sqrt
118 } def
119end
120
121/tgifsetuserscreen
122 { tgifsetuserscreendict begin
123 /spotfunction exch def
124 /screenangle exch def
125 /cellsize exch def
126
127 /m tempctm currentmatrix def
128 /rm screenangle temprot rotate def
129 /sm cellsize dup tempscale scale def
130
131 sm rm m m concatmatrix m concatmatrix pop
132
133 1 0 m dtransform /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
134
135 /veclength x1 dup mul y1 dup mul add sqrt def
136 /frequency findresolution veclength div def
137
138 /newscreenangle y1 x1 atan def
139
140 m 2 get m 1 get mul m 0 get m 3 get mul sub 0 gt
141
142 {{neg} /spotfunction load concatprocs
143 /spotfunction exch def
144 } if
145
146 frequency newscreenangle /spotfunction load setscreen
147 end
148 } def
149
150/tgifsetpatterndict 18 dict def
151tgifsetpatterndict begin
152 /bitison
153 { /ybit exch def /xbit exch def
154 /bytevalue bstring ybit bwidth mul xbit 8 idiv add get def
155
156 /mask 1 7 xbit 8 mod sub bitshift def
157 bytevalue mask and 0 ne
158 } def
159end
160
161/tgifbitpatternspotfunction
162 { tgifsetpatterndict begin
163 /y exch def /x exch def
164
165 /xindex x 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
166 /yindex y 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
167
168 xindex yindex bitison
169 { /onbits onbits 1 add def 1 }
170 { /offbits offbits 1 add def 0 }
171 ifelse
172 end
173 } def
174
175/tgifsetpattern
176 { tgifsetpatterndict begin
177 /cellsz exch def
178 /angle exch def
179 /bwidth exch def
180 /bpside exch def
181 /bstring exch def
182
183 /onbits 0 def /offbits 0 def
184 cellsz angle /tgifbitpatternspotfunction load tgifsetuserscreen
185 {} settransfer
186 offbits offbits onbits add div setgray
187 end
188 } def
189
190/tgifxpmdict 4 dict def
191/tgifbwpicstr 1 string def
192/tgifcolorpicstr 3 string def
193
194/tgifsetpixels { tgifxpmdict begin /pixels exch def end } def
195
196/tgifsetpix { tgifxpmdict begin pixels 3 1 roll putinterval end } def
197
198/tgifbwspot
199 { tgifxpmdict begin
200 /index exch def
201 tgifbwpicstr 0
202 pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
203 255 mul .114 mul exch 255 mul .587 mul add exch 255 mul .299 mul add
204 cvi put
205 tgifbwpicstr
206 end
207 } def
208
209/tgifcolorspot
210 { tgifxpmdict begin
211 /index exch def
212 pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
213 255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 2 3 -1 roll put
214 255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 1 3 -1 roll put
215 255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 0 3 -1 roll put
216 tgifcolorpicstr
217 end
218 } def
219
220/tgifnewcolorspot
221 { tgifxpmdict begin
222 /index exch def
223 pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop setrgbcolor
224 end
225 } def
226
227/tgifcolordict 4 dict def
228
229/colorimage where
230 { pop }
231 { /colorimage
232 { tgifcolordict begin
233 pop pop pop pop pop
234 /ih exch def
235 /iw exch def
236 /x 0 def
237 /y 0 def
238 1 1 ih
239 { pop 1 1 iw
240 { pop currentfile
241 tgifbwpicstr readhexstring pop 0 get tgifnewcolorspot
242 x y moveto 1 0 rlineto 0 1 rlineto -1 0 rlineto
243 closepath fill
244 /x x 1 add def
245 } for
246 /y y 1 add def
247 /x 0 def
248 } for
249 end
250 } def
251 } ifelse
252
253/tgifpatdict 10 dict def
254
255/tgifpatbyte
256 { currentdict /retstr get exch
257 pat i cellsz mod get put
258 } def
259
260/tgifpatproc
261 { 0 1 widthlim {tgifpatbyte} for retstr
262 /i i 1 add def
263 } def
264
265/tgifpatfill
266 { tgifpatdict begin
267 /h exch def
268 /w exch def
269 /lty exch def
270 /ltx exch def
271 /cellsz exch def
272 /pat exch def
273
274 /widthlim w cellsz div cvi 1 sub def
275 /retstr widthlim 1 add string def
276 /i 0 def
277
278 ltx lty translate
279 w h true [1 0 0 1 0 0] {tgifpatproc} imagemask
280 ltx neg lty neg translate
281 end
282 } def
283
284/pat1 <ffffffffffffffff> def
285/pat2 <0000000000000000> def
286/pat3 <8000000008000000> def
287/pat4 <8800000022000000> def
288/pat5 <8800220088002200> def
289/pat6 <8822882288228822> def
290/pat7 <aa55aa55aa55aa55> def
291/pat8 <77dd77dd77dd77dd> def
292/pat9 <77ffddff77ffddff> def
293/pat10 <77ffffff77ffffff> def
294/pat11 <7fffffff7fffffff> def
295/pat12 <8040200002040800> def
296/pat13 <40a00000040a0000> def
297/pat14 <ff888888ff888888> def
298/pat15 <ff808080ff080808> def
299/pat16 <f87422478f172271> def
300/pat17 <038448300c020101> def
301/pat18 <081c22c180010204> def
302/pat19 <8080413e080814e3> def
303/pat20 <8040201008040201> def
304/pat21 <8844221188442211> def
305/pat22 <77bbddee77bbddee> def
306/pat23 <c1e070381c0e0783> def
307/pat24 <7fbfdfeff7fbfdfe> def
308/pat25 <3e1f8fc7e3f1f87c> def
309/pat26 <0102040810204080> def
310/pat27 <1122448811224488> def
311/pat28 <eeddbb77eeddbb77> def
312/pat29 <83070e1c3870e0c1> def
313/pat30 <fefdfbf7efdfbf7f> def
314/pat31 <7cf8f1e3c78f1f3e> def
315
316/tgifcentertext { dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto } def
317
318/tgifrighttext { dup stringwidth pop neg 0 rmoveto } def
319
320/tgifreencsmalldict 12 dict def
321/tgifReEncodeSmall
322 { tgifreencsmalldict begin
323 /newcodesandnames exch def
324 /newfontname exch def
325 /basefontname exch def
326
327 /basefontdict basefontname findfont def
328 /newfont basefontdict maxlength dict def
329
330 basefontdict
331 { exch dup /FID ne
332 { dup /Encoding eq
333 { exch dup length array copy newfont 3 1 roll put }
334 { exch newfont 3 1 roll put }
335 ifelse
336 }
337 { pop pop }
338 ifelse
339 }
340 forall
341
342 newfont /FontName newfontname put
343 newcodesandnames aload pop
344
345 newcodesandnames length 2 idiv
346 { newfont /Encoding get 3 1 roll put}
347 repeat
348
349 newfontname newfont definefont pop
350 end
351 } def
352
353/tgifgray { 8 1 0 72 300 32 div div tgifsetpattern } bind def
354
355/tgifboxdict 6 dict def
356/tgifboxstroke
357 { tgifboxdict begin
358 /pat def /w def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
359 1.415 setmiterlimit
360 w 1 eq { w setlinewidth } if
361 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
362 newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
363 pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray stroke 0 setgray } { stroke } ifelse
364 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
365 w 1 eq { 1 setlinewidth } if
366 1 setmiterlimit
367 end
368 } def
369/tgifboxfill
370 { tgifboxdict begin
371 /pat def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
372 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
373 newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
374 pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray fill 0 setgray } { fill } ifelse
375 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
376 end
377 } def
378
379end
380
381%%PageBoundingBox: 15 702 300 767
382tgifdict begin
383/tgifsavedpage save def
384
3851 setmiterlimit
3861 setlinewidth
387
3880 setgray
389
39072 0 mul 72 11.00 mul translate
39172 128 div 100 mul 100 div dup neg scale
392
393gsave
394
395% TEXT
3960 setgray
397/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
398 gsave
399 32 62 moveto (bouquet) show
400 grestore
401
402% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
403gsave
404 newpath
405 64 80 moveto
406 64 120 lineto
407 0 49 atan dup cos 8 mul 113 exch sub
408 exch sin 8 mul 120 exch sub lineto
409 stroke
410grestore
411gsave
412 newpath
413 113 120 8 3 49 0 tgifarrowtip
414 closepath fill
415grestore
416
417% TEXT
4180 setgray
419/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
420 gsave
421 128 110 moveto (car) show
422 grestore
423
424% TEXT
4250 setgray
426/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
427 gsave
428 128 142 moveto (rose) show
429 grestore
430
431% TEXT
4320 setgray
433/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
434 gsave
435 192 110 moveto (cdr) show
436 grestore
437
438% OVAL
439gsave
440 newpath 207 124 4 4 tgifellipse stroke
441grestore
442
443% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
444gsave
445 newpath
446 217 123 moveto
447 0 38 atan dup cos 8 mul 255 exch sub
448 exch sin 8 mul 123 exch sub lineto
449 stroke
450grestore
451gsave
452 newpath
453 255 123 8 3 38 0 tgifarrowtip
454 closepath fill
455grestore
456
457% TEXT
4580 setgray
459/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
460 gsave
461 268 111 moveto (car) show
462 grestore
463
464% TEXT
4650 setgray
466/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
467 gsave
468 264 143 moveto (violet) show
469 grestore
470
471% TEXT
4720 setgray
473/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
474 gsave
475 332 111 moveto (cdr) show
476 grestore
477
478% OVAL
479gsave
480 newpath 347 125 4 4 tgifellipse stroke
481grestore
482
483% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
484gsave
485 newpath
486 357 124 moveto
487 0 38 atan dup cos 8 mul 395 exch sub
488 exch sin 8 mul 124 exch sub lineto
489 stroke
490grestore
491gsave
492 newpath
493 395 124 8 3 38 0 tgifarrowtip
494 closepath fill
495grestore
496
497% TEXT
4980 setgray
499/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
500 gsave
501 408 112 moveto (car) show
502 grestore
503
504% TEXT
5050 setgray
506/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
507 gsave
508 408 136 moveto (butter-) show
509 408 153 moveto (cup) show
510 grestore
511
512% TEXT
5130 setgray
514/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
515 gsave
516 496 113 moveto (cdr) show
517 grestore
518
519% TEXT
5200 setgray
521/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
522 gsave
523 495 137 moveto (nil) show
524 grestore
525
526% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
527gsave
528 newpath
529 178 86 moveto
530 178 157 lineto
531 stroke
532grestore
533
534% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
535gsave
536 newpath
537 485 84 moveto
538 485 157 lineto
539 stroke
540grestore
541
542% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
543gsave
544 newpath
545 327 85 moveto
546 327 157 lineto
547 stroke
548grestore
549
550% BOX
551gsave
552 1.415 setmiterlimit
553 newpath
554 120 86 moveto 234 86 lineto 234 157 lineto 120 157 lineto
555 closepath stroke
556 1 setmiterlimit
557grestore
558
559% BOX
560gsave
561 1.415 setmiterlimit
562 newpath
563 257 85 moveto 371 85 lineto 371 157 lineto 257 157 lineto
564 closepath stroke
565 1 setmiterlimit
566grestore
567
568% BOX
569gsave
570 1.415 setmiterlimit
571 newpath
572 397 84 moveto 531 84 lineto 531 157 lineto 397 157 lineto
573 closepath stroke
574 1 setmiterlimit
575grestore
576
577grestore
578tgifsavedpage restore
579end
580%MatchingCreationDate: Tue Mar 14 15:09:30 1995
diff --git a/lispintro/cons-3.eps b/lispintro/cons-3.eps
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..64e6e58f4e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lispintro/cons-3.eps
@@ -0,0 +1,610 @@
1%!
2%%BoundingBox: -1 691 324 757
3%%Title: cons-cell-diagram3
4%%CreationDate: Wed Mar 8 14:25:41 1995
5%%Creator: Tgif-2.16-p4 by William Chia-Wei Cheng (william@cs.UCLA.edu)
6%
7% Due to bugs in Transcript, the 'PS-Adobe-' stuff is omitted from line 1
8%
9
10/tgifdict 132 dict def
11tgifdict begin
12
13%
14% Using a zero value radius for an ellipse or an arc would result
15% in a non-invertible CTM matrix which causes problem when this
16% when this PostScript is wrapped inside other routines, such as
17% the multi.ps package from
18% ftp.ucc.su.oz.au:/pub/ps_printing/multi. You can overcome such
19% error by uncommenting the sole line of the procedure below:
20%
21/tgif_min_radius
22 {
23% dup 0.01 lt { pop 0.01 } if
24 } bind def
25
26/tgifellipsedict 6 dict def
27tgifellipsedict /mtrx matrix put
28
29/tgifellipse
30 { tgifellipsedict begin
31 /yrad exch def
32 /xrad exch def
33 /y exch def
34 /x exch def
35 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
36 x y translate
37 xrad yrad scale
38 0 0 1 0 360 arc
39 savematrix setmatrix
40 end
41 } def
42
43/tgifarrowtipdict 8 dict def
44tgifarrowtipdict /mtrx matrix put
45
46/tgifarrowtip
47 { tgifarrowtipdict begin
48 /dy exch def
49 /dx exch def
50 /h exch def
51 /w exch def
52 /y exch def
53 /x exch def
54 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
55 x y translate
56 dy dx atan rotate
57 0 0 moveto
58 w neg h lineto
59 w neg h neg lineto
60 savematrix setmatrix
61 end
62 } def
63
64/tgifarcdict 8 dict def
65tgifarcdict /mtrx matrix put
66
67/tgifarcn
68 { tgifarcdict begin
69 /endangle exch def
70 /startangle exch def
71 /yrad exch def
72 /xrad exch def
73 /y exch def
74 /x exch def
75 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
76 x y translate
77 xrad yrad scale
78 0 0 1 startangle endangle arc
79 savematrix setmatrix
80 end
81 } def
82
83/tgifarc
84 { tgifarcdict begin
85 /endangle exch def
86 /startangle exch def
87 /yrad exch def
88 /xrad exch def
89 /y exch def
90 /x exch def
91 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
92 x y translate
93 xrad yrad scale
94 0 0 1 startangle endangle arcn
95 savematrix setmatrix
96 end
97 } def
98
99/tgifsetuserscreendict 22 dict def
100tgifsetuserscreendict begin
101 /tempctm matrix def
102 /temprot matrix def
103 /tempscale matrix def
104
105 /concatprocs
106 { /proc2 exch cvlit def
107 /proc1 exch cvlit def
108 /newproc proc1 length proc2 length add array def
109 newproc 0 proc1 putinterval
110 newproc proc1 length proc2 putinterval
111 newproc cvx
112 } def
113 /resmatrix matrix def
114 /findresolution
115 { 72 0 resmatrix defaultmatrix dtransform
116 /yres exch def /xres exch def
117 xres dup mul yres dup mul add sqrt
118 } def
119end
120
121/tgifsetuserscreen
122 { tgifsetuserscreendict begin
123 /spotfunction exch def
124 /screenangle exch def
125 /cellsize exch def
126
127 /m tempctm currentmatrix def
128 /rm screenangle temprot rotate def
129 /sm cellsize dup tempscale scale def
130
131 sm rm m m concatmatrix m concatmatrix pop
132
133 1 0 m dtransform /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
134
135 /veclength x1 dup mul y1 dup mul add sqrt def
136 /frequency findresolution veclength div def
137
138 /newscreenangle y1 x1 atan def
139
140 m 2 get m 1 get mul m 0 get m 3 get mul sub 0 gt
141
142 {{neg} /spotfunction load concatprocs
143 /spotfunction exch def
144 } if
145
146 frequency newscreenangle /spotfunction load setscreen
147 end
148 } def
149
150/tgifsetpatterndict 18 dict def
151tgifsetpatterndict begin
152 /bitison
153 { /ybit exch def /xbit exch def
154 /bytevalue bstring ybit bwidth mul xbit 8 idiv add get def
155
156 /mask 1 7 xbit 8 mod sub bitshift def
157 bytevalue mask and 0 ne
158 } def
159end
160
161/tgifbitpatternspotfunction
162 { tgifsetpatterndict begin
163 /y exch def /x exch def
164
165 /xindex x 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
166 /yindex y 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
167
168 xindex yindex bitison
169 { /onbits onbits 1 add def 1 }
170 { /offbits offbits 1 add def 0 }
171 ifelse
172 end
173 } def
174
175/tgifsetpattern
176 { tgifsetpatterndict begin
177 /cellsz exch def
178 /angle exch def
179 /bwidth exch def
180 /bpside exch def
181 /bstring exch def
182
183 /onbits 0 def /offbits 0 def
184 cellsz angle /tgifbitpatternspotfunction load tgifsetuserscreen
185 {} settransfer
186 offbits offbits onbits add div setgray
187 end
188 } def
189
190/tgifxpmdict 4 dict def
191/tgifbwpicstr 1 string def
192/tgifcolorpicstr 3 string def
193
194/tgifsetpixels { tgifxpmdict begin /pixels exch def end } def
195
196/tgifsetpix { tgifxpmdict begin pixels 3 1 roll putinterval end } def
197
198/tgifbwspot
199 { tgifxpmdict begin
200 /index exch def
201 tgifbwpicstr 0
202 pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
203 255 mul .114 mul exch 255 mul .587 mul add exch 255 mul .299 mul add
204 cvi put
205 tgifbwpicstr
206 end
207 } def
208
209/tgifcolorspot
210 { tgifxpmdict begin
211 /index exch def
212 pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
213 255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 2 3 -1 roll put
214 255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 1 3 -1 roll put
215 255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 0 3 -1 roll put
216 tgifcolorpicstr
217 end
218 } def
219
220/tgifnewcolorspot
221 { tgifxpmdict begin
222 /index exch def
223 pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop setrgbcolor
224 end
225 } def
226
227/tgifcolordict 4 dict def
228
229/colorimage where
230 { pop }
231 { /colorimage
232 { tgifcolordict begin
233 pop pop pop pop pop
234 /ih exch def
235 /iw exch def
236 /x 0 def
237 /y 0 def
238 1 1 ih
239 { pop 1 1 iw
240 { pop currentfile
241 tgifbwpicstr readhexstring pop 0 get tgifnewcolorspot
242 x y moveto 1 0 rlineto 0 1 rlineto -1 0 rlineto
243 closepath fill
244 /x x 1 add def
245 } for
246 /y y 1 add def
247 /x 0 def
248 } for
249 end
250 } def
251 } ifelse
252
253/tgifpatdict 10 dict def
254
255/tgifpatbyte
256 { currentdict /retstr get exch
257 pat i cellsz mod get put
258 } def
259
260/tgifpatproc
261 { 0 1 widthlim {tgifpatbyte} for retstr
262 /i i 1 add def
263 } def
264
265/tgifpatfill
266 { tgifpatdict begin
267 /h exch def
268 /w exch def
269 /lty exch def
270 /ltx exch def
271 /cellsz exch def
272 /pat exch def
273
274 /widthlim w cellsz div cvi 1 sub def
275 /retstr widthlim 1 add string def
276 /i 0 def
277
278 ltx lty translate
279 w h true [1 0 0 1 0 0] {tgifpatproc} imagemask
280 ltx neg lty neg translate
281 end
282 } def
283
284/pat1 <ffffffffffffffff> def
285/pat2 <0000000000000000> def
286/pat3 <8000000008000000> def
287/pat4 <8800000022000000> def
288/pat5 <8800220088002200> def
289/pat6 <8822882288228822> def
290/pat7 <aa55aa55aa55aa55> def
291/pat8 <77dd77dd77dd77dd> def
292/pat9 <77ffddff77ffddff> def
293/pat10 <77ffffff77ffffff> def
294/pat11 <7fffffff7fffffff> def
295/pat12 <8040200002040800> def
296/pat13 <40a00000040a0000> def
297/pat14 <ff888888ff888888> def
298/pat15 <ff808080ff080808> def
299/pat16 <f87422478f172271> def
300/pat17 <038448300c020101> def
301/pat18 <081c22c180010204> def
302/pat19 <8080413e080814e3> def
303/pat20 <8040201008040201> def
304/pat21 <8844221188442211> def
305/pat22 <77bbddee77bbddee> def
306/pat23 <c1e070381c0e0783> def
307/pat24 <7fbfdfeff7fbfdfe> def
308/pat25 <3e1f8fc7e3f1f87c> def
309/pat26 <0102040810204080> def
310/pat27 <1122448811224488> def
311/pat28 <eeddbb77eeddbb77> def
312/pat29 <83070e1c3870e0c1> def
313/pat30 <fefdfbf7efdfbf7f> def
314/pat31 <7cf8f1e3c78f1f3e> def
315
316/tgifcentertext { dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto } def
317
318/tgifrighttext { dup stringwidth pop neg 0 rmoveto } def
319
320/tgifreencsmalldict 12 dict def
321/tgifReEncodeSmall
322 { tgifreencsmalldict begin
323 /newcodesandnames exch def
324 /newfontname exch def
325 /basefontname exch def
326
327 /basefontdict basefontname findfont def
328 /newfont basefontdict maxlength dict def
329
330 basefontdict
331 { exch dup /FID ne
332 { dup /Encoding eq
333 { exch dup length array copy newfont 3 1 roll put }
334 { exch newfont 3 1 roll put }
335 ifelse
336 }
337 { pop pop }
338 ifelse
339 }
340 forall
341
342 newfont /FontName newfontname put
343 newcodesandnames aload pop
344
345 newcodesandnames length 2 idiv
346 { newfont /Encoding get 3 1 roll put}
347 repeat
348
349 newfontname newfont definefont pop
350 end
351 } def
352
353/tgifgray { 8 1 0 72 300 32 div div tgifsetpattern } bind def
354
355/tgifboxdict 6 dict def
356/tgifboxstroke
357 { tgifboxdict begin
358 /pat def /w def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
359 1.415 setmiterlimit
360 w 1 eq { w setlinewidth } if
361 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
362 newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
363 pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray stroke 0 setgray } { stroke } ifelse
364 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
365 w 1 eq { 1 setlinewidth } if
366 1 setmiterlimit
367 end
368 } def
369/tgifboxfill
370 { tgifboxdict begin
371 /pat def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
372 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
373 newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
374 pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray fill 0 setgray } { fill } ifelse
375 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
376 end
377 } def
378
379end
380
381%%PageBoundingBox: -1 691 324 757
382tgifdict begin
383/tgifsavedpage save def
384
3851 setmiterlimit
3861 setlinewidth
387
3880 setgray
389
39072 0 mul 72 11.00 mul translate
39172 128 div 100 mul 100 div dup neg scale
392
393gsave
394
395% BOX
396gsave
397 1.415 setmiterlimit
398 newpath
399 128 102 moveto 192 102 lineto 192 134 lineto 128 134 lineto
400 closepath stroke
401 1 setmiterlimit
402grestore
403
404% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
405gsave
406 newpath
407 160 102 moveto
408 160 134 lineto
409 stroke
410grestore
411
412% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
413gsave
414 newpath
415 176 124 moveto
416 0 80 atan dup cos 8 mul 256 exch sub
417 exch sin 8 mul 124 exch sub lineto
418 stroke
419grestore
420gsave
421 newpath
422 256 124 8 3 80 0 tgifarrowtip
423 closepath fill
424grestore
425
426% TEXT
4270 setgray
428/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
429 gsave
430 208 172 moveto (rose) show
431 grestore
432
433% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
434gsave
435 newpath
436 144 118 moveto
437 144 167 lineto
438 0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 192 exch sub
439 exch sin 8 mul 167 exch sub lineto
440 stroke
441grestore
442gsave
443 newpath
444 192 167 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
445 closepath fill
446grestore
447
448% BOX
449gsave
450 1.415 setmiterlimit
451 newpath
452 261 102 moveto 325 102 lineto 325 134 lineto 261 134 lineto
453 closepath stroke
454 1 setmiterlimit
455grestore
456
457% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
458gsave
459 newpath
460 293 102 moveto
461 293 134 lineto
462 stroke
463grestore
464
465% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
466gsave
467 newpath
468 309 118 moveto
469 0 93 atan dup cos 8 mul 402 exch sub
470 exch sin 8 mul 118 exch sub lineto
471 stroke
472grestore
473gsave
474 newpath
475 402 118 8 3 93 0 tgifarrowtip
476 closepath fill
477grestore
478
479% TEXT
4800 setgray
481/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
482 gsave
483 341 172 moveto (violet) show
484 grestore
485
486% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
487gsave
488 newpath
489 277 118 moveto
490 277 167 lineto
491 0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 325 exch sub
492 exch sin 8 mul 167 exch sub lineto
493 stroke
494grestore
495gsave
496 newpath
497 325 167 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
498 closepath fill
499grestore
500
501% BOX
502gsave
503 1.415 setmiterlimit
504 newpath
505 404 100 moveto 468 100 lineto 468 132 lineto 404 132 lineto
506 closepath stroke
507 1 setmiterlimit
508grestore
509
510% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
511gsave
512 newpath
513 435 100 moveto
514 435 132 lineto
515 stroke
516grestore
517
518% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
519gsave
520 newpath
521 451 117 moveto
522 0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 499 exch sub
523 exch sin 8 mul 117 exch sub lineto
524 stroke
525grestore
526gsave
527 newpath
528 499 117 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
529 closepath fill
530grestore
531
532% TEXT
5330 setgray
534/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
535 gsave
536 483 171 moveto (buttercup) show
537 grestore
538
539% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
540gsave
541 newpath
542 419 117 moveto
543 419 166 lineto
544 0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 467 exch sub
545 exch sin 8 mul 166 exch sub lineto
546 stroke
547grestore
548gsave
549 newpath
550 467 166 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
551 closepath fill
552grestore
553
554% TEXT
5550 setgray
556/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
557 gsave
558 511 123 moveto (nil) show
559 grestore
560
561% TEXT
5620 setgray
563/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
564 gsave
565 131 80 moveto (flowers) show
566 grestore
567
568% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
569gsave
570 newpath
571 210 75 moveto
572 237 75 lineto
573 237 113 lineto
574 0 18 atan dup cos 8 mul 255 exch sub
575 exch sin 8 mul 113 exch sub lineto
576 stroke
577grestore
578gsave
579 newpath
580 255 113 8 3 18 0 tgifarrowtip
581 closepath fill
582grestore
583
584% TEXT
5850 setgray
586/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
587 gsave
588 2 80 moveto (bouquet) show
589 grestore
590
591% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
592gsave
593 newpath
594 81 77 moveto
595 108 77 lineto
596 108 115 lineto
597 0 18 atan dup cos 8 mul 126 exch sub
598 exch sin 8 mul 115 exch sub lineto
599 stroke
600grestore
601gsave
602 newpath
603 126 115 8 3 18 0 tgifarrowtip
604 closepath fill
605grestore
606
607grestore
608tgifsavedpage restore
609end
610%MatchingCreationDate: Wed Mar 8 14:25:41 1995
diff --git a/lispintro/cons-4.eps b/lispintro/cons-4.eps
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..04e9706fb66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lispintro/cons-4.eps
@@ -0,0 +1,663 @@
1%!
2%%BoundingBox: 6 681 355 758
3%%Title: cons-cell-diagram4
4%%CreationDate: Wed Mar 8 14:25:06 1995
5%%Creator: Tgif-2.16-p4 by William Chia-Wei Cheng (william@cs.UCLA.edu)
6%
7% Due to bugs in Transcript, the 'PS-Adobe-' stuff is omitted from line 1
8%
9
10/tgifdict 132 dict def
11tgifdict begin
12
13%
14% Using a zero value radius for an ellipse or an arc would result
15% in a non-invertible CTM matrix which causes problem when this
16% when this PostScript is wrapped inside other routines, such as
17% the multi.ps package from
18% ftp.ucc.su.oz.au:/pub/ps_printing/multi. You can overcome such
19% error by uncommenting the sole line of the procedure below:
20%
21/tgif_min_radius
22 {
23% dup 0.01 lt { pop 0.01 } if
24 } bind def
25
26/tgifellipsedict 6 dict def
27tgifellipsedict /mtrx matrix put
28
29/tgifellipse
30 { tgifellipsedict begin
31 /yrad exch def
32 /xrad exch def
33 /y exch def
34 /x exch def
35 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
36 x y translate
37 xrad yrad scale
38 0 0 1 0 360 arc
39 savematrix setmatrix
40 end
41 } def
42
43/tgifarrowtipdict 8 dict def
44tgifarrowtipdict /mtrx matrix put
45
46/tgifarrowtip
47 { tgifarrowtipdict begin
48 /dy exch def
49 /dx exch def
50 /h exch def
51 /w exch def
52 /y exch def
53 /x exch def
54 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
55 x y translate
56 dy dx atan rotate
57 0 0 moveto
58 w neg h lineto
59 w neg h neg lineto
60 savematrix setmatrix
61 end
62 } def
63
64/tgifarcdict 8 dict def
65tgifarcdict /mtrx matrix put
66
67/tgifarcn
68 { tgifarcdict begin
69 /endangle exch def
70 /startangle exch def
71 /yrad exch def
72 /xrad exch def
73 /y exch def
74 /x exch def
75 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
76 x y translate
77 xrad yrad scale
78 0 0 1 startangle endangle arc
79 savematrix setmatrix
80 end
81 } def
82
83/tgifarc
84 { tgifarcdict begin
85 /endangle exch def
86 /startangle exch def
87 /yrad exch def
88 /xrad exch def
89 /y exch def
90 /x exch def
91 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
92 x y translate
93 xrad yrad scale
94 0 0 1 startangle endangle arcn
95 savematrix setmatrix
96 end
97 } def
98
99/tgifsetuserscreendict 22 dict def
100tgifsetuserscreendict begin
101 /tempctm matrix def
102 /temprot matrix def
103 /tempscale matrix def
104
105 /concatprocs
106 { /proc2 exch cvlit def
107 /proc1 exch cvlit def
108 /newproc proc1 length proc2 length add array def
109 newproc 0 proc1 putinterval
110 newproc proc1 length proc2 putinterval
111 newproc cvx
112 } def
113 /resmatrix matrix def
114 /findresolution
115 { 72 0 resmatrix defaultmatrix dtransform
116 /yres exch def /xres exch def
117 xres dup mul yres dup mul add sqrt
118 } def
119end
120
121/tgifsetuserscreen
122 { tgifsetuserscreendict begin
123 /spotfunction exch def
124 /screenangle exch def
125 /cellsize exch def
126
127 /m tempctm currentmatrix def
128 /rm screenangle temprot rotate def
129 /sm cellsize dup tempscale scale def
130
131 sm rm m m concatmatrix m concatmatrix pop
132
133 1 0 m dtransform /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
134
135 /veclength x1 dup mul y1 dup mul add sqrt def
136 /frequency findresolution veclength div def
137
138 /newscreenangle y1 x1 atan def
139
140 m 2 get m 1 get mul m 0 get m 3 get mul sub 0 gt
141
142 {{neg} /spotfunction load concatprocs
143 /spotfunction exch def
144 } if
145
146 frequency newscreenangle /spotfunction load setscreen
147 end
148 } def
149
150/tgifsetpatterndict 18 dict def
151tgifsetpatterndict begin
152 /bitison
153 { /ybit exch def /xbit exch def
154 /bytevalue bstring ybit bwidth mul xbit 8 idiv add get def
155
156 /mask 1 7 xbit 8 mod sub bitshift def
157 bytevalue mask and 0 ne
158 } def
159end
160
161/tgifbitpatternspotfunction
162 { tgifsetpatterndict begin
163 /y exch def /x exch def
164
165 /xindex x 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
166 /yindex y 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
167
168 xindex yindex bitison
169 { /onbits onbits 1 add def 1 }
170 { /offbits offbits 1 add def 0 }
171 ifelse
172 end
173 } def
174
175/tgifsetpattern
176 { tgifsetpatterndict begin
177 /cellsz exch def
178 /angle exch def
179 /bwidth exch def
180 /bpside exch def
181 /bstring exch def
182
183 /onbits 0 def /offbits 0 def
184 cellsz angle /tgifbitpatternspotfunction load tgifsetuserscreen
185 {} settransfer
186 offbits offbits onbits add div setgray
187 end
188 } def
189
190/tgifxpmdict 4 dict def
191/tgifbwpicstr 1 string def
192/tgifcolorpicstr 3 string def
193
194/tgifsetpixels { tgifxpmdict begin /pixels exch def end } def
195
196/tgifsetpix { tgifxpmdict begin pixels 3 1 roll putinterval end } def
197
198/tgifbwspot
199 { tgifxpmdict begin
200 /index exch def
201 tgifbwpicstr 0
202 pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
203 255 mul .114 mul exch 255 mul .587 mul add exch 255 mul .299 mul add
204 cvi put
205 tgifbwpicstr
206 end
207 } def
208
209/tgifcolorspot
210 { tgifxpmdict begin
211 /index exch def
212 pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
213 255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 2 3 -1 roll put
214 255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 1 3 -1 roll put
215 255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 0 3 -1 roll put
216 tgifcolorpicstr
217 end
218 } def
219
220/tgifnewcolorspot
221 { tgifxpmdict begin
222 /index exch def
223 pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop setrgbcolor
224 end
225 } def
226
227/tgifcolordict 4 dict def
228
229/colorimage where
230 { pop }
231 { /colorimage
232 { tgifcolordict begin
233 pop pop pop pop pop
234 /ih exch def
235 /iw exch def
236 /x 0 def
237 /y 0 def
238 1 1 ih
239 { pop 1 1 iw
240 { pop currentfile
241 tgifbwpicstr readhexstring pop 0 get tgifnewcolorspot
242 x y moveto 1 0 rlineto 0 1 rlineto -1 0 rlineto
243 closepath fill
244 /x x 1 add def
245 } for
246 /y y 1 add def
247 /x 0 def
248 } for
249 end
250 } def
251 } ifelse
252
253/tgifpatdict 10 dict def
254
255/tgifpatbyte
256 { currentdict /retstr get exch
257 pat i cellsz mod get put
258 } def
259
260/tgifpatproc
261 { 0 1 widthlim {tgifpatbyte} for retstr
262 /i i 1 add def
263 } def
264
265/tgifpatfill
266 { tgifpatdict begin
267 /h exch def
268 /w exch def
269 /lty exch def
270 /ltx exch def
271 /cellsz exch def
272 /pat exch def
273
274 /widthlim w cellsz div cvi 1 sub def
275 /retstr widthlim 1 add string def
276 /i 0 def
277
278 ltx lty translate
279 w h true [1 0 0 1 0 0] {tgifpatproc} imagemask
280 ltx neg lty neg translate
281 end
282 } def
283
284/pat1 <ffffffffffffffff> def
285/pat2 <0000000000000000> def
286/pat3 <8000000008000000> def
287/pat4 <8800000022000000> def
288/pat5 <8800220088002200> def
289/pat6 <8822882288228822> def
290/pat7 <aa55aa55aa55aa55> def
291/pat8 <77dd77dd77dd77dd> def
292/pat9 <77ffddff77ffddff> def
293/pat10 <77ffffff77ffffff> def
294/pat11 <7fffffff7fffffff> def
295/pat12 <8040200002040800> def
296/pat13 <40a00000040a0000> def
297/pat14 <ff888888ff888888> def
298/pat15 <ff808080ff080808> def
299/pat16 <f87422478f172271> def
300/pat17 <038448300c020101> def
301/pat18 <081c22c180010204> def
302/pat19 <8080413e080814e3> def
303/pat20 <8040201008040201> def
304/pat21 <8844221188442211> def
305/pat22 <77bbddee77bbddee> def
306/pat23 <c1e070381c0e0783> def
307/pat24 <7fbfdfeff7fbfdfe> def
308/pat25 <3e1f8fc7e3f1f87c> def
309/pat26 <0102040810204080> def
310/pat27 <1122448811224488> def
311/pat28 <eeddbb77eeddbb77> def
312/pat29 <83070e1c3870e0c1> def
313/pat30 <fefdfbf7efdfbf7f> def
314/pat31 <7cf8f1e3c78f1f3e> def
315
316/tgifcentertext { dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto } def
317
318/tgifrighttext { dup stringwidth pop neg 0 rmoveto } def
319
320/tgifreencsmalldict 12 dict def
321/tgifReEncodeSmall
322 { tgifreencsmalldict begin
323 /newcodesandnames exch def
324 /newfontname exch def
325 /basefontname exch def
326
327 /basefontdict basefontname findfont def
328 /newfont basefontdict maxlength dict def
329
330 basefontdict
331 { exch dup /FID ne
332 { dup /Encoding eq
333 { exch dup length array copy newfont 3 1 roll put }
334 { exch newfont 3 1 roll put }
335 ifelse
336 }
337 { pop pop }
338 ifelse
339 }
340 forall
341
342 newfont /FontName newfontname put
343 newcodesandnames aload pop
344
345 newcodesandnames length 2 idiv
346 { newfont /Encoding get 3 1 roll put}
347 repeat
348
349 newfontname newfont definefont pop
350 end
351 } def
352
353/tgifgray { 8 1 0 72 300 32 div div tgifsetpattern } bind def
354
355/tgifboxdict 6 dict def
356/tgifboxstroke
357 { tgifboxdict begin
358 /pat def /w def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
359 1.415 setmiterlimit
360 w 1 eq { w setlinewidth } if
361 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
362 newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
363 pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray stroke 0 setgray } { stroke } ifelse
364 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
365 w 1 eq { 1 setlinewidth } if
366 1 setmiterlimit
367 end
368 } def
369/tgifboxfill
370 { tgifboxdict begin
371 /pat def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
372 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
373 newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
374 pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray fill 0 setgray } { fill } ifelse
375 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
376 end
377 } def
378
379end
380
381%%PageBoundingBox: 6 681 355 758
382tgifdict begin
383/tgifsavedpage save def
384
3851 setmiterlimit
3861 setlinewidth
387
3880 setgray
389
39072 0 mul 72 11.00 mul translate
39172 128 div 100 mul 100 div dup neg scale
392
393gsave
394
395% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
396gsave
397 newpath
398 274 102 moveto
399 274 134 lineto
400 stroke
401grestore
402
403% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
404gsave
405 newpath
406 289 122 moveto
407 0 56 atan dup cos 8 mul 345 exch sub
408 exch sin 8 mul 122 exch sub lineto
409 stroke
410grestore
411gsave
412 newpath
413 345 122 8 3 56 0 tgifarrowtip
414 closepath fill
415grestore
416
417% BOX
418gsave
419 1.415 setmiterlimit
420 newpath
421 350 100 moveto 414 100 lineto 414 132 lineto 350 132 lineto
422 closepath stroke
423 1 setmiterlimit
424grestore
425
426% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
427gsave
428 newpath
429 382 100 moveto
430 382 132 lineto
431 stroke
432grestore
433
434% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
435gsave
436 newpath
437 397 114 moveto
438 0 59 atan dup cos 8 mul 456 exch sub
439 exch sin 8 mul 114 exch sub lineto
440 stroke
441grestore
442gsave
443 newpath
444 456 114 8 3 59 0 tgifarrowtip
445 closepath fill
446grestore
447
448% TEXT
4490 setgray
450/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
451 gsave
452 430 170 moveto (violet) show
453 grestore
454
455% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
456gsave
457 newpath
458 366 116 moveto
459 366 165 lineto
460 0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 414 exch sub
461 exch sin 8 mul 165 exch sub lineto
462 stroke
463grestore
464gsave
465 newpath
466 414 165 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
467 closepath fill
468grestore
469
470% TEXT
4710 setgray
472/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
473 gsave
474 219 78 moveto (flowers) show
475 grestore
476
477% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
478gsave
479 newpath
480 298 73 moveto
481 325 73 lineto
482 325 111 lineto
483 0 18 atan dup cos 8 mul 343 exch sub
484 exch sin 8 mul 111 exch sub lineto
485 stroke
486grestore
487gsave
488 newpath
489 343 111 8 3 18 0 tgifarrowtip
490 closepath fill
491grestore
492
493% BOX
494gsave
495 1.415 setmiterlimit
496 newpath
497 459 95 moveto 523 95 lineto 523 127 lineto 459 127 lineto
498 closepath stroke
499 1 setmiterlimit
500grestore
501
502% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
503gsave
504 newpath
505 490 95 moveto
506 490 127 lineto
507 stroke
508grestore
509
510% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
511gsave
512 newpath
513 506 112 moveto
514 0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 554 exch sub
515 exch sin 8 mul 112 exch sub lineto
516 stroke
517grestore
518gsave
519 newpath
520 554 112 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
521 closepath fill
522grestore
523
524% TEXT
5250 setgray
526/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
527 gsave
528 566 118 moveto (nil) show
529 grestore
530
531% TEXT
5320 setgray
533/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
534 gsave
535 538 151 moveto (buttercup) show
536 grestore
537
538% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
539gsave
540 newpath
541 474 109 moveto
542 474 146 lineto
543 0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 522 exch sub
544 exch sin 8 mul 146 exch sub lineto
545 stroke
546grestore
547gsave
548 newpath
549 522 146 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
550 closepath fill
551grestore
552
553% BOX
554gsave
555 1.415 setmiterlimit
556 newpath
557 244 102 moveto 308 102 lineto 308 134 lineto 244 134 lineto
558 closepath stroke
559 1 setmiterlimit
560grestore
561
562% TEXT
5630 setgray
564/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
565 gsave
566 324 189 moveto (rose) show
567 grestore
568
569% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
570gsave
571 newpath
572 260 117 moveto
573 260 184 lineto
574 0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 308 exch sub
575 exch sin 8 mul 184 exch sub lineto
576 stroke
577grestore
578gsave
579 newpath
580 308 184 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
581 closepath fill
582grestore
583
584% BOX
585gsave
586 1.415 setmiterlimit
587 newpath
588 146 101 moveto 210 101 lineto 210 133 lineto 146 133 lineto
589 closepath stroke
590 1 setmiterlimit
591grestore
592
593% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
594gsave
595 newpath
596 177 101 moveto
597 177 133 lineto
598 stroke
599grestore
600
601% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
602gsave
603 newpath
604 193 118 moveto
605 0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 241 exch sub
606 exch sin 8 mul 118 exch sub lineto
607 stroke
608grestore
609gsave
610 newpath
611 241 118 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
612 closepath fill
613grestore
614
615% TEXT
6160 setgray
617/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
618 gsave
619 187 178 moveto (lily) show
620 grestore
621
622% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
623gsave
624 newpath
625 163 118 moveto
626 163 171 lineto
627 0 18 atan dup cos 8 mul 181 exch sub
628 exch sin 8 mul 171 exch sub lineto
629 stroke
630grestore
631gsave
632 newpath
633 181 171 8 3 18 0 tgifarrowtip
634 closepath fill
635grestore
636
637% TEXT
6380 setgray
639/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
640 gsave
641 16 78 moveto (bouquet) show
642 grestore
643
644% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
645gsave
646 newpath
647 95 73 moveto
648 122 73 lineto
649 122 111 lineto
650 0 18 atan dup cos 8 mul 140 exch sub
651 exch sin 8 mul 111 exch sub lineto
652 stroke
653grestore
654gsave
655 newpath
656 140 111 8 3 18 0 tgifarrowtip
657 closepath fill
658grestore
659
660grestore
661tgifsavedpage restore
662end
663%MatchingCreationDate: Wed Mar 8 14:25:06 1995
diff --git a/lispintro/cons-5.eps b/lispintro/cons-5.eps
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..83a17d5e3e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lispintro/cons-5.eps
@@ -0,0 +1,608 @@
1%!
2%%BoundingBox: 15 680 305 764
3%%Title: cons-cell-diagram5
4%%CreationDate: Wed Mar 8 14:27:28 1995
5%%Creator: Tgif-2.16-p4 by William Chia-Wei Cheng (william@cs.UCLA.edu)
6%
7% Due to bugs in Transcript, the 'PS-Adobe-' stuff is omitted from line 1
8%
9
10/tgifdict 132 dict def
11tgifdict begin
12
13%
14% Using a zero value radius for an ellipse or an arc would result
15% in a non-invertible CTM matrix which causes problem when this
16% when this PostScript is wrapped inside other routines, such as
17% the multi.ps package from
18% ftp.ucc.su.oz.au:/pub/ps_printing/multi. You can overcome such
19% error by uncommenting the sole line of the procedure below:
20%
21/tgif_min_radius
22 {
23% dup 0.01 lt { pop 0.01 } if
24 } bind def
25
26/tgifellipsedict 6 dict def
27tgifellipsedict /mtrx matrix put
28
29/tgifellipse
30 { tgifellipsedict begin
31 /yrad exch def
32 /xrad exch def
33 /y exch def
34 /x exch def
35 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
36 x y translate
37 xrad yrad scale
38 0 0 1 0 360 arc
39 savematrix setmatrix
40 end
41 } def
42
43/tgifarrowtipdict 8 dict def
44tgifarrowtipdict /mtrx matrix put
45
46/tgifarrowtip
47 { tgifarrowtipdict begin
48 /dy exch def
49 /dx exch def
50 /h exch def
51 /w exch def
52 /y exch def
53 /x exch def
54 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
55 x y translate
56 dy dx atan rotate
57 0 0 moveto
58 w neg h lineto
59 w neg h neg lineto
60 savematrix setmatrix
61 end
62 } def
63
64/tgifarcdict 8 dict def
65tgifarcdict /mtrx matrix put
66
67/tgifarcn
68 { tgifarcdict begin
69 /endangle exch def
70 /startangle exch def
71 /yrad exch def
72 /xrad exch def
73 /y exch def
74 /x exch def
75 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
76 x y translate
77 xrad yrad scale
78 0 0 1 startangle endangle arc
79 savematrix setmatrix
80 end
81 } def
82
83/tgifarc
84 { tgifarcdict begin
85 /endangle exch def
86 /startangle exch def
87 /yrad exch def
88 /xrad exch def
89 /y exch def
90 /x exch def
91 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
92 x y translate
93 xrad yrad scale
94 0 0 1 startangle endangle arcn
95 savematrix setmatrix
96 end
97 } def
98
99/tgifsetuserscreendict 22 dict def
100tgifsetuserscreendict begin
101 /tempctm matrix def
102 /temprot matrix def
103 /tempscale matrix def
104
105 /concatprocs
106 { /proc2 exch cvlit def
107 /proc1 exch cvlit def
108 /newproc proc1 length proc2 length add array def
109 newproc 0 proc1 putinterval
110 newproc proc1 length proc2 putinterval
111 newproc cvx
112 } def
113 /resmatrix matrix def
114 /findresolution
115 { 72 0 resmatrix defaultmatrix dtransform
116 /yres exch def /xres exch def
117 xres dup mul yres dup mul add sqrt
118 } def
119end
120
121/tgifsetuserscreen
122 { tgifsetuserscreendict begin
123 /spotfunction exch def
124 /screenangle exch def
125 /cellsize exch def
126
127 /m tempctm currentmatrix def
128 /rm screenangle temprot rotate def
129 /sm cellsize dup tempscale scale def
130
131 sm rm m m concatmatrix m concatmatrix pop
132
133 1 0 m dtransform /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
134
135 /veclength x1 dup mul y1 dup mul add sqrt def
136 /frequency findresolution veclength div def
137
138 /newscreenangle y1 x1 atan def
139
140 m 2 get m 1 get mul m 0 get m 3 get mul sub 0 gt
141
142 {{neg} /spotfunction load concatprocs
143 /spotfunction exch def
144 } if
145
146 frequency newscreenangle /spotfunction load setscreen
147 end
148 } def
149
150/tgifsetpatterndict 18 dict def
151tgifsetpatterndict begin
152 /bitison
153 { /ybit exch def /xbit exch def
154 /bytevalue bstring ybit bwidth mul xbit 8 idiv add get def
155
156 /mask 1 7 xbit 8 mod sub bitshift def
157 bytevalue mask and 0 ne
158 } def
159end
160
161/tgifbitpatternspotfunction
162 { tgifsetpatterndict begin
163 /y exch def /x exch def
164
165 /xindex x 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
166 /yindex y 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
167
168 xindex yindex bitison
169 { /onbits onbits 1 add def 1 }
170 { /offbits offbits 1 add def 0 }
171 ifelse
172 end
173 } def
174
175/tgifsetpattern
176 { tgifsetpatterndict begin
177 /cellsz exch def
178 /angle exch def
179 /bwidth exch def
180 /bpside exch def
181 /bstring exch def
182
183 /onbits 0 def /offbits 0 def
184 cellsz angle /tgifbitpatternspotfunction load tgifsetuserscreen
185 {} settransfer
186 offbits offbits onbits add div setgray
187 end
188 } def
189
190/tgifxpmdict 4 dict def
191/tgifbwpicstr 1 string def
192/tgifcolorpicstr 3 string def
193
194/tgifsetpixels { tgifxpmdict begin /pixels exch def end } def
195
196/tgifsetpix { tgifxpmdict begin pixels 3 1 roll putinterval end } def
197
198/tgifbwspot
199 { tgifxpmdict begin
200 /index exch def
201 tgifbwpicstr 0
202 pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
203 255 mul .114 mul exch 255 mul .587 mul add exch 255 mul .299 mul add
204 cvi put
205 tgifbwpicstr
206 end
207 } def
208
209/tgifcolorspot
210 { tgifxpmdict begin
211 /index exch def
212 pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
213 255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 2 3 -1 roll put
214 255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 1 3 -1 roll put
215 255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 0 3 -1 roll put
216 tgifcolorpicstr
217 end
218 } def
219
220/tgifnewcolorspot
221 { tgifxpmdict begin
222 /index exch def
223 pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop setrgbcolor
224 end
225 } def
226
227/tgifcolordict 4 dict def
228
229/colorimage where
230 { pop }
231 { /colorimage
232 { tgifcolordict begin
233 pop pop pop pop pop
234 /ih exch def
235 /iw exch def
236 /x 0 def
237 /y 0 def
238 1 1 ih
239 { pop 1 1 iw
240 { pop currentfile
241 tgifbwpicstr readhexstring pop 0 get tgifnewcolorspot
242 x y moveto 1 0 rlineto 0 1 rlineto -1 0 rlineto
243 closepath fill
244 /x x 1 add def
245 } for
246 /y y 1 add def
247 /x 0 def
248 } for
249 end
250 } def
251 } ifelse
252
253/tgifpatdict 10 dict def
254
255/tgifpatbyte
256 { currentdict /retstr get exch
257 pat i cellsz mod get put
258 } def
259
260/tgifpatproc
261 { 0 1 widthlim {tgifpatbyte} for retstr
262 /i i 1 add def
263 } def
264
265/tgifpatfill
266 { tgifpatdict begin
267 /h exch def
268 /w exch def
269 /lty exch def
270 /ltx exch def
271 /cellsz exch def
272 /pat exch def
273
274 /widthlim w cellsz div cvi 1 sub def
275 /retstr widthlim 1 add string def
276 /i 0 def
277
278 ltx lty translate
279 w h true [1 0 0 1 0 0] {tgifpatproc} imagemask
280 ltx neg lty neg translate
281 end
282 } def
283
284/pat1 <ffffffffffffffff> def
285/pat2 <0000000000000000> def
286/pat3 <8000000008000000> def
287/pat4 <8800000022000000> def
288/pat5 <8800220088002200> def
289/pat6 <8822882288228822> def
290/pat7 <aa55aa55aa55aa55> def
291/pat8 <77dd77dd77dd77dd> def
292/pat9 <77ffddff77ffddff> def
293/pat10 <77ffffff77ffffff> def
294/pat11 <7fffffff7fffffff> def
295/pat12 <8040200002040800> def
296/pat13 <40a00000040a0000> def
297/pat14 <ff888888ff888888> def
298/pat15 <ff808080ff080808> def
299/pat16 <f87422478f172271> def
300/pat17 <038448300c020101> def
301/pat18 <081c22c180010204> def
302/pat19 <8080413e080814e3> def
303/pat20 <8040201008040201> def
304/pat21 <8844221188442211> def
305/pat22 <77bbddee77bbddee> def
306/pat23 <c1e070381c0e0783> def
307/pat24 <7fbfdfeff7fbfdfe> def
308/pat25 <3e1f8fc7e3f1f87c> def
309/pat26 <0102040810204080> def
310/pat27 <1122448811224488> def
311/pat28 <eeddbb77eeddbb77> def
312/pat29 <83070e1c3870e0c1> def
313/pat30 <fefdfbf7efdfbf7f> def
314/pat31 <7cf8f1e3c78f1f3e> def
315
316/tgifcentertext { dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto } def
317
318/tgifrighttext { dup stringwidth pop neg 0 rmoveto } def
319
320/tgifreencsmalldict 12 dict def
321/tgifReEncodeSmall
322 { tgifreencsmalldict begin
323 /newcodesandnames exch def
324 /newfontname exch def
325 /basefontname exch def
326
327 /basefontdict basefontname findfont def
328 /newfont basefontdict maxlength dict def
329
330 basefontdict
331 { exch dup /FID ne
332 { dup /Encoding eq
333 { exch dup length array copy newfont 3 1 roll put }
334 { exch newfont 3 1 roll put }
335 ifelse
336 }
337 { pop pop }
338 ifelse
339 }
340 forall
341
342 newfont /FontName newfontname put
343 newcodesandnames aload pop
344
345 newcodesandnames length 2 idiv
346 { newfont /Encoding get 3 1 roll put}
347 repeat
348
349 newfontname newfont definefont pop
350 end
351 } def
352
353/tgifgray { 8 1 0 72 300 32 div div tgifsetpattern } bind def
354
355/tgifboxdict 6 dict def
356/tgifboxstroke
357 { tgifboxdict begin
358 /pat def /w def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
359 1.415 setmiterlimit
360 w 1 eq { w setlinewidth } if
361 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
362 newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
363 pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray stroke 0 setgray } { stroke } ifelse
364 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
365 w 1 eq { 1 setlinewidth } if
366 1 setmiterlimit
367 end
368 } def
369/tgifboxfill
370 { tgifboxdict begin
371 /pat def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
372 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
373 newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
374 pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray fill 0 setgray } { fill } ifelse
375 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
376 end
377 } def
378
379end
380
381%%PageBoundingBox: 15 680 305 764
382tgifdict begin
383/tgifsavedpage save def
384
3851 setmiterlimit
3861 setlinewidth
387
3880 setgray
389
39072 0 mul 72 11.00 mul translate
39172 128 div 100 mul 100 div dup neg scale
392
393gsave
394
395% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
396gsave
397 newpath
398 156 105 moveto
399 156 137 lineto
400 stroke
401grestore
402
403% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
404gsave
405 newpath
406 171 125 moveto
407 0 56 atan dup cos 8 mul 227 exch sub
408 exch sin 8 mul 125 exch sub lineto
409 stroke
410grestore
411gsave
412 newpath
413 227 125 8 3 56 0 tgifarrowtip
414 closepath fill
415grestore
416
417% BOX
418gsave
419 1.415 setmiterlimit
420 newpath
421 232 103 moveto 296 103 lineto 296 135 lineto 232 135 lineto
422 closepath stroke
423 1 setmiterlimit
424grestore
425
426% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
427gsave
428 newpath
429 264 103 moveto
430 264 135 lineto
431 stroke
432grestore
433
434% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
435gsave
436 newpath
437 279 117 moveto
438 0 59 atan dup cos 8 mul 338 exch sub
439 exch sin 8 mul 117 exch sub lineto
440 stroke
441grestore
442gsave
443 newpath
444 338 117 8 3 59 0 tgifarrowtip
445 closepath fill
446grestore
447
448% TEXT
4490 setgray
450/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
451 gsave
452 289 172 moveto (a different piece of text) show
453 grestore
454
455% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
456gsave
457 newpath
458 248 119 moveto
459 248 168 lineto
460 0 29 atan dup cos 8 mul 277 exch sub
461 exch sin 8 mul 168 exch sub lineto
462 stroke
463grestore
464gsave
465 newpath
466 277 168 8 3 29 0 tgifarrowtip
467 closepath fill
468grestore
469
470% TEXT
4710 setgray
472/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
473 gsave
474 147 66 moveto (kill-ring-yank-pointer) show
475 grestore
476
477% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
478gsave
479 newpath
480 207 76 moveto
481 207 114 lineto
482 0 18 atan dup cos 8 mul 225 exch sub
483 exch sin 8 mul 114 exch sub lineto
484 stroke
485grestore
486gsave
487 newpath
488 225 114 8 3 18 0 tgifarrowtip
489 closepath fill
490grestore
491
492% BOX
493gsave
494 1.415 setmiterlimit
495 newpath
496 341 98 moveto 405 98 lineto 405 130 lineto 341 130 lineto
497 closepath stroke
498 1 setmiterlimit
499grestore
500
501% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
502gsave
503 newpath
504 372 98 moveto
505 372 130 lineto
506 stroke
507grestore
508
509% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
510gsave
511 newpath
512 388 115 moveto
513 0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 436 exch sub
514 exch sin 8 mul 115 exch sub lineto
515 stroke
516grestore
517gsave
518 newpath
519 436 115 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
520 closepath fill
521grestore
522
523% TEXT
5240 setgray
525/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
526 gsave
527 448 121 moveto (nil) show
528 grestore
529
530% TEXT
5310 setgray
532/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
533 gsave
534 397 154 moveto (yet more text) show
535 grestore
536
537% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
538gsave
539 newpath
540 356 112 moveto
541 356 149 lineto
542 0 35 atan dup cos 8 mul 391 exch sub
543 exch sin 8 mul 149 exch sub lineto
544 stroke
545grestore
546gsave
547 newpath
548 391 149 8 3 35 0 tgifarrowtip
549 closepath fill
550grestore
551
552% BOX
553gsave
554 1.415 setmiterlimit
555 newpath
556 126 105 moveto 190 105 lineto 190 137 lineto 126 137 lineto
557 closepath stroke
558 1 setmiterlimit
559grestore
560
561% TEXT
5620 setgray
563/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
564 gsave
565 206 192 moveto (some text) show
566 grestore
567
568% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
569gsave
570 newpath
571 142 120 moveto
572 142 187 lineto
573 0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 190 exch sub
574 exch sin 8 mul 187 exch sub lineto
575 stroke
576grestore
577gsave
578 newpath
579 190 187 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
580 closepath fill
581grestore
582
583% TEXT
5840 setgray
585/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
586 gsave
587 32 66 moveto (kill-ring) show
588 grestore
589
590% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
591gsave
592 newpath
593 65 81 moveto
594 65 121 lineto
595 0 51 atan dup cos 8 mul 116 exch sub
596 exch sin 8 mul 121 exch sub lineto
597 stroke
598grestore
599gsave
600 newpath
601 116 121 8 3 51 0 tgifarrowtip
602 closepath fill
603grestore
604
605grestore
606tgifsavedpage restore
607end
608%MatchingCreationDate: Wed Mar 8 14:27:28 1995
diff --git a/lispintro/drawers.eps b/lispintro/drawers.eps
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9bfc5aa8a7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lispintro/drawers.eps
@@ -0,0 +1,493 @@
1%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0
2%%BoundingBox: 34 577 324 778
3%%Title: chest-of-drawers-diagram-new
4%%CreationDate: Fri Sep 14 17:40:57 2001
5%%Creator: Tgif-4.1.35 by William Chia-Wei Cheng (william@cs.UCLA.edu)
6%%ProducedBy: (unknown)
7%%Pages: 1
8%%DocumentFonts: (atend)
9%%EndComments
10%%BeginProlog
11
12/tgifdict 53 dict def
13tgifdict begin
14
15/tgifellipsedict 6 dict def
16tgifellipsedict /mtrx matrix put
17
18/TGEL % tgifellipse
19 { tgifellipsedict begin
20 /yrad exch def
21 /xrad exch def
22 /y exch def
23 /x exch def
24 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
25 x y translate
26 xrad yrad scale
27 0 0 1 0 360 arc
28 savematrix setmatrix
29 end
30 } def
31
32/TGMAX
33 { exch dup 3 1 roll exch dup 3 1 roll gt { pop } { exch pop } ifelse
34 } def
35/TGMIN
36 { exch dup 3 1 roll exch dup 3 1 roll lt { pop } { exch pop } ifelse
37 } def
38/TGSW { stringwidth pop } def
39
40/bd { bind def } bind def
41
42/GS { gsave } bd
43/GR { grestore } bd
44/NP { newpath } bd
45/CP { closepath } bd
46/CHP { charpath } bd
47/CT { curveto } bd
48/L { lineto } bd
49/RL { rlineto } bd
50/M { moveto } bd
51/RM { rmoveto } bd
52/S { stroke } bd
53/F { fill } bd
54/TR { translate } bd
55/RO { rotate } bd
56/SC { scale } bd
57/MU { mul } bd
58/DI { div } bd
59/DU { dup } bd
60/NE { neg } bd
61/AD { add } bd
62/SU { sub } bd
63/PO { pop } bd
64/EX { exch } bd
65/CO { concat } bd
66/CL { clip } bd
67/EC { eoclip } bd
68/EF { eofill } bd
69/IM { image } bd
70/IMM { imagemask } bd
71/ARY { array } bd
72/SG { setgray } bd
73/RG { setrgbcolor } bd
74/SD { setdash } bd
75/W { setlinewidth } bd
76/SM { setmiterlimit } bd
77/SLC { setlinecap } bd
78/SLJ { setlinejoin } bd
79/SH { show } bd
80/FF { findfont } bd
81/MS { makefont setfont } bd
82/AR { arcto 4 {pop} repeat } bd
83/CURP { currentpoint } bd
84/FLAT { flattenpath strokepath clip newpath } bd
85/TGSM { tgiforigctm setmatrix } def
86/TGRM { savematrix setmatrix } def
87
88end
89
90%%EndProlog
91%%Page: 1 1
92
93%%PageBoundingBox: 34 577 324 778
94tgifdict begin
95/tgifsavedpage save def
96
971 SM
981 W
99
1000 SG
101
10272 0 MU 72 11 MU TR
10372 128 DI 100.000 MU 100 DI DU NE SC
104
105GS
106
107/tgiforigctm matrix currentmatrix def
108
109% BOX
1100 SG
111GS
112 10 SM
113 GS
114 NP 64 104 M 255 104 L 255 360 L 64 360 L CP
115 S
116 GR
117GR
118
119% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
1200 SG
121GS
122 NP
123 65 296 M
124 254 296 L
125 TGSM
126 1 W
127 S
128GR
129
130% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
1310 SG
132GS
133 NP
134 63 233 M
135 255 233 L
136 TGSM
137 1 W
138 S
139GR
140
141% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
1420 SG
143GS
144 NP
145 63 169 M
146 255 169 L
147 TGSM
148 1 W
149 S
150GR
151
152% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
1530 SG
154GS
155 NP
156 251 362 M
157 251 361 L
158 251 379 L
159 244 379 L
160 229 361 L
161 TGSM
162 1 W
163 S
164GR
165
166% OVAL
1670 SG
168GS
169 GS
170 NP 160 72 10 6 TGEL
171 S
172 GR
173GR
174
175% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
1760 SG
177GS
178 NP
179 63 104 M
180 128 64 L
181 138 69 L
182 TGSM
183 1 W
184 S
185GR
186
187% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
1880 SG
189GS
190 NP
191 255 103 M
192 190 63 L
193 180 68 L
194 TGSM
195 1 W
196 S
197GR
198
199% TEXT
200NP
2010 SG
202 GS
203 1 W
204 160 152 M
205 GS
206 GS
207 0
208 /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
209 (symbol name) TGSW
210 AD
211 GR
212 2 DI NE 0 RM
213 0 SG
214 /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
215 (symbol name) SH
216 GR
217 GR
218
219% TEXT
220NP
2210 SG
222 GS
223 1 W
224 160 41 M
225 GS
226 GS
227 0
228 /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
229 (Chest of Drawers) TGSW
230 AD
231 GR
232 2 DI NE 0 RM
233 0 SG
234 /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
235 (Chest of Drawers) SH
236 GR
237 GR
238
239% TEXT
240NP
2410 SG
242 GS
243 1 W
244 344 41 M
245 GS
246 0 SG
247 /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
248 (Contents of Drawers) SH
249 GR
250 GR
251
252% TEXT
253NP
2540 SG
255 GS
256 1 W
257 344 160 M
258 GS
259 0 SG
260 /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
261 (bouquet) SH
262 GR
263 GR
264
265% TEXT
266NP
2670 SG
268 GS
269 1 W
270 344 220 M
271 GS
272 0 SG
273 /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
274 ([none]) SH
275 GR
276 GR
277
278% TEXT
279NP
2800 SG
281 GS
282 1 W
283 344 279 M
284 GS
285 0 SG
286 /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
287 (\(rose violet buttercup\)) SH
288 GR
289 GR
290
291% TEXT
292NP
2930 SG
294 GS
295 1 W
296 344 337 M
297 GS
298 0 SG
299 /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
300 ([not described here]) SH
301 GR
302 GR
303
304% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
3050 SG
306GS
307 NP
308 68 362 M
309 68 361 L
310 68 379 L
311 75 379 L
312 90 361 L
313 TGSM
314 1 W
315 S
316GR
317
318% TEXT
319NP
3200 SG
321 GS
322 1 W
323 158 132 M
324 GS
325 GS
326 0
327 /NewCenturySchlbk-Roman FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
328 (directions to) TGSW
329 AD
330 GR
331 2 DI NE 0 RM
332 0 SG
333 /NewCenturySchlbk-Roman FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
334 (directions to) SH
335 GR
336 GR
337
338% TEXT
339NP
3400 SG
341 GS
342 1 W
343 345 139 M
344 GS
345 0 SG
346 /NewCenturySchlbk-Roman FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
347 (map to) SH
348 GR
349 GR
350
351% TEXT
352NP
3530 SG
354 GS
355 1 W
356 350 259 M
357 GS
358 0 SG
359 /NewCenturySchlbk-Roman FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
360 (map to) SH
361 GR
362 GR
363
364% TEXT
365NP
3660 SG
367 GS
368 1 W
369 159 213 M
370 GS
371 GS
372 0
373 /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
374 (symbol definition) TGSW
375 AD
376 GR
377 2 DI NE 0 RM
378 0 SG
379 /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
380 (symbol definition) SH
381 GR
382 GR
383
384% TEXT
385NP
3860 SG
387 GS
388 1 W
389 159 195 M
390 GS
391 GS
392 0
393 /NewCenturySchlbk-Roman FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
394 (directions to) TGSW
395 AD
396 GR
397 2 DI NE 0 RM
398 0 SG
399 /NewCenturySchlbk-Roman FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
400 (directions to) SH
401 GR
402 GR
403
404% TEXT
405NP
4060 SG
407 GS
408 1 W
409 160 276 M
410 GS
411 GS
412 0
413 /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
414 (variable name) TGSW
415 AD
416 GR
417 2 DI NE 0 RM
418 0 SG
419 /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
420 (variable name) SH
421 GR
422 GR
423
424% TEXT
425NP
4260 SG
427 GS
428 1 W
429 158 260 M
430 GS
431 GS
432 0
433 /NewCenturySchlbk-Roman FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
434 (directions to) TGSW
435 AD
436 GR
437 2 DI NE 0 RM
438 0 SG
439 /NewCenturySchlbk-Roman FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
440 (directions to) SH
441 GR
442 GR
443
444% TEXT
445NP
4460 SG
447 GS
448 1 W
449 160 339 M
450 GS
451 GS
452 0
453 /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
454 (property list) TGSW
455 AD
456 GR
457 2 DI NE 0 RM
458 0 SG
459 /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
460 (property list) SH
461 GR
462 GR
463
464% TEXT
465NP
4660 SG
467 GS
468 1 W
469 158 323 M
470 GS
471 GS
472 0
473 /NewCenturySchlbk-Roman FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
474 (directions to) TGSW
475 AD
476 GR
477 2 DI NE 0 RM
478 0 SG
479 /NewCenturySchlbk-Roman FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
480 (directions to) SH
481 GR
482 GR
483
484GR
485tgifsavedpage restore
486end
487showpage
488
489%%Trailer
490%MatchingCreationDate: Fri Sep 14 17:40:57 2001
491%%DocumentFonts: NewCenturySchlbk-Roman
492%%+ Courier
493%%EOF
diff --git a/lispintro/install-sh b/lispintro/install-sh
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e8436696c19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lispintro/install-sh
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
1#!/bin/sh
2#
3# install - install a program, script, or datafile
4# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh).
5#
6# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
7#
8# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
9# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
10# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
11# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
12# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
13# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
14# written prior permission. M.I.T. makes no representations about the
15# suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is"
16# without express or implied warranty.
17#
18# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
19# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
20# when there is no Makefile.
21#
22# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
23# from scratch. It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
24# shared with many OS's install programs.
25
26
27# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
28
29# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
30doit="${DOITPROG-}"
31
32
33# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
34
35mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
36cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
37chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
38chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
39chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
40stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
41rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
42mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
43
44transformbasename=""
45transform_arg=""
46instcmd="$mvprog"
47chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
48chowncmd=""
49chgrpcmd=""
50stripcmd=""
51rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
52mvcmd="$mvprog"
53src=""
54dst=""
55dir_arg=""
56
57while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
58 case $1 in
59 -c) instcmd="$cpprog"
60 shift
61 continue;;
62
63 -d) dir_arg=true
64 shift
65 continue;;
66
67 -m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
68 shift
69 shift
70 continue;;
71
72 -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
73 shift
74 shift
75 continue;;
76
77 -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
78 shift
79 shift
80 continue;;
81
82 -s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
83 shift
84 continue;;
85
86 -t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
87 shift
88 continue;;
89
90 -b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
91 shift
92 continue;;
93
94 *) if [ x"$src" = x ]
95 then
96 src=$1
97 else
98 # this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
99 :
100 dst=$1
101 fi
102 shift
103 continue;;
104 esac
105done
106
107if [ x"$src" = x ]
108then
109 echo "install: no input file specified"
110 exit 1
111else
112 true
113fi
114
115if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
116 dst=$src
117 src=""
118
119 if [ -d $dst ]; then
120 instcmd=:
121 else
122 instcmd=mkdir
123 fi
124else
125
126# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
127# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
128# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
129
130 if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
131 then
132 true
133 else
134 echo "install: $src does not exist"
135 exit 1
136 fi
137
138 if [ x"$dst" = x ]
139 then
140 echo "install: no destination specified"
141 exit 1
142 else
143 true
144 fi
145
146# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
147# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
148
149 if [ -d $dst ]
150 then
151 dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
152 else
153 true
154 fi
155fi
156
157## this sed command emulates the dirname command
158dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
159
160# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
161# this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
162
163# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
164if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
165defaultIFS='
166'
167IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
168
169oIFS="${IFS}"
170# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
171IFS='%'
172set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
173IFS="${oIFS}"
174
175pathcomp=''
176
177while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
178 pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
179 shift
180
181 if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
182 then
183 $mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
184 else
185 true
186 fi
187
188 pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
189done
190fi
191
192if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
193then
194 $doit $instcmd $dst &&
195
196 if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
197 if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
198 if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
199 if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi
200else
201
202# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
203
204 if [ x"$transformarg" = x ]
205 then
206 dstfile=`basename $dst`
207 else
208 dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename |
209 sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
210 fi
211
212# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
213
214 if [ x"$dstfile" = x ]
215 then
216 dstfile=`basename $dst`
217 else
218 true
219 fi
220
221# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
222
223 dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
224
225# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
226
227 $doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
228
229 trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
230
231# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
232
233# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
234# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
235# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
236
237 if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
238 if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
239 if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
240 if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
241
242# Now rename the file to the real destination.
243
244 $doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
245 $doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile
246
247fi &&
248
249
250exit 0
diff --git a/lispintro/lambda-3.eps b/lispintro/lambda-3.eps
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d1a275c4a97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lispintro/lambda-3.eps
@@ -0,0 +1,451 @@
1%!
2%%BoundingBox: 33 728 211 777
3%%Title: lambda-diagram3
4%%CreationDate: Wed Mar 8 14:33:49 1995
5%%Creator: Tgif-2.16-p4 by William Chia-Wei Cheng (william@cs.UCLA.edu)
6%
7% Due to bugs in Transcript, the 'PS-Adobe-' stuff is omitted from line 1
8%
9
10/tgifdict 132 dict def
11tgifdict begin
12
13%
14% Using a zero value radius for an ellipse or an arc would result
15% in a non-invertible CTM matrix which causes problem when this
16% when this PostScript is wrapped inside other routines, such as
17% the multi.ps package from
18% ftp.ucc.su.oz.au:/pub/ps_printing/multi. You can overcome such
19% error by uncommenting the sole line of the procedure below:
20%
21/tgif_min_radius
22 {
23% dup 0.01 lt { pop 0.01 } if
24 } bind def
25
26/tgifellipsedict 6 dict def
27tgifellipsedict /mtrx matrix put
28
29/tgifellipse
30 { tgifellipsedict begin
31 /yrad exch def
32 /xrad exch def
33 /y exch def
34 /x exch def
35 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
36 x y translate
37 xrad yrad scale
38 0 0 1 0 360 arc
39 savematrix setmatrix
40 end
41 } def
42
43/tgifarrowtipdict 8 dict def
44tgifarrowtipdict /mtrx matrix put
45
46/tgifarrowtip
47 { tgifarrowtipdict begin
48 /dy exch def
49 /dx exch def
50 /h exch def
51 /w exch def
52 /y exch def
53 /x exch def
54 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
55 x y translate
56 dy dx atan rotate
57 0 0 moveto
58 w neg h lineto
59 w neg h neg lineto
60 savematrix setmatrix
61 end
62 } def
63
64/tgifarcdict 8 dict def
65tgifarcdict /mtrx matrix put
66
67/tgifarcn
68 { tgifarcdict begin
69 /endangle exch def
70 /startangle exch def
71 /yrad exch def
72 /xrad exch def
73 /y exch def
74 /x exch def
75 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
76 x y translate
77 xrad yrad scale
78 0 0 1 startangle endangle arc
79 savematrix setmatrix
80 end
81 } def
82
83/tgifarc
84 { tgifarcdict begin
85 /endangle exch def
86 /startangle exch def
87 /yrad exch def
88 /xrad exch def
89 /y exch def
90 /x exch def
91 /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
92 x y translate
93 xrad yrad scale
94 0 0 1 startangle endangle arcn
95 savematrix setmatrix
96 end
97 } def
98
99/tgifsetuserscreendict 22 dict def
100tgifsetuserscreendict begin
101 /tempctm matrix def
102 /temprot matrix def
103 /tempscale matrix def
104
105 /concatprocs
106 { /proc2 exch cvlit def
107 /proc1 exch cvlit def
108 /newproc proc1 length proc2 length add array def
109 newproc 0 proc1 putinterval
110 newproc proc1 length proc2 putinterval
111 newproc cvx
112 } def
113 /resmatrix matrix def
114 /findresolution
115 { 72 0 resmatrix defaultmatrix dtransform
116 /yres exch def /xres exch def
117 xres dup mul yres dup mul add sqrt
118 } def
119end
120
121/tgifsetuserscreen
122 { tgifsetuserscreendict begin
123 /spotfunction exch def
124 /screenangle exch def
125 /cellsize exch def
126
127 /m tempctm currentmatrix def
128 /rm screenangle temprot rotate def
129 /sm cellsize dup tempscale scale def
130
131 sm rm m m concatmatrix m concatmatrix pop
132
133 1 0 m dtransform /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
134
135 /veclength x1 dup mul y1 dup mul add sqrt def
136 /frequency findresolution veclength div def
137
138 /newscreenangle y1 x1 atan def
139
140 m 2 get m 1 get mul m 0 get m 3 get mul sub 0 gt
141
142 {{neg} /spotfunction load concatprocs
143 /spotfunction exch def
144 } if
145
146 frequency newscreenangle /spotfunction load setscreen
147 end
148 } def
149
150/tgifsetpatterndict 18 dict def
151tgifsetpatterndict begin
152 /bitison
153 { /ybit exch def /xbit exch def
154 /bytevalue bstring ybit bwidth mul xbit 8 idiv add get def
155
156 /mask 1 7 xbit 8 mod sub bitshift def
157 bytevalue mask and 0 ne
158 } def
159end
160
161/tgifbitpatternspotfunction
162 { tgifsetpatterndict begin
163 /y exch def /x exch def
164
165 /xindex x 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
166 /yindex y 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
167
168 xindex yindex bitison
169 { /onbits onbits 1 add def 1 }
170 { /offbits offbits 1 add def 0 }
171 ifelse
172 end
173 } def
174
175/tgifsetpattern
176 { tgifsetpatterndict begin
177 /cellsz exch def
178 /angle exch def
179 /bwidth exch def
180 /bpside exch def
181 /bstring exch def
182
183 /onbits 0 def /offbits 0 def
184 cellsz angle /tgifbitpatternspotfunction load tgifsetuserscreen
185 {} settransfer
186 offbits offbits onbits add div setgray
187 end
188 } def
189
190/tgifxpmdict 4 dict def
191/tgifbwpicstr 1 string def
192/tgifcolorpicstr 3 string def
193
194/tgifsetpixels { tgifxpmdict begin /pixels exch def end } def
195
196/tgifsetpix { tgifxpmdict begin pixels 3 1 roll putinterval end } def
197
198/tgifbwspot
199 { tgifxpmdict begin
200 /index exch def
201 tgifbwpicstr 0
202 pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
203 255 mul .114 mul exch 255 mul .587 mul add exch 255 mul .299 mul add
204 cvi put
205 tgifbwpicstr
206 end
207 } def
208
209/tgifcolorspot
210 { tgifxpmdict begin
211 /index exch def
212 pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
213 255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 2 3 -1 roll put
214 255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 1 3 -1 roll put
215 255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 0 3 -1 roll put
216 tgifcolorpicstr
217 end
218 } def
219
220/tgifnewcolorspot
221 { tgifxpmdict begin
222 /index exch def
223 pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop setrgbcolor
224 end
225 } def
226
227/tgifcolordict 4 dict def
228
229/colorimage where
230 { pop }
231 { /colorimage
232 { tgifcolordict begin
233 pop pop pop pop pop
234 /ih exch def
235 /iw exch def
236 /x 0 def
237 /y 0 def
238 1 1 ih
239 { pop 1 1 iw
240 { pop currentfile
241 tgifbwpicstr readhexstring pop 0 get tgifnewcolorspot
242 x y moveto 1 0 rlineto 0 1 rlineto -1 0 rlineto
243 closepath fill
244 /x x 1 add def
245 } for
246 /y y 1 add def
247 /x 0 def
248 } for
249 end
250 } def
251 } ifelse
252
253/tgifpatdict 10 dict def
254
255/tgifpatbyte
256 { currentdict /retstr get exch
257 pat i cellsz mod get put
258 } def
259
260/tgifpatproc
261 { 0 1 widthlim {tgifpatbyte} for retstr
262 /i i 1 add def
263 } def
264
265/tgifpatfill
266 { tgifpatdict begin
267 /h exch def
268 /w exch def
269 /lty exch def
270 /ltx exch def
271 /cellsz exch def
272 /pat exch def
273
274 /widthlim w cellsz div cvi 1 sub def
275 /retstr widthlim 1 add string def
276 /i 0 def
277
278 ltx lty translate
279 w h true [1 0 0 1 0 0] {tgifpatproc} imagemask
280 ltx neg lty neg translate
281 end
282 } def
283
284/pat1 <ffffffffffffffff> def
285/pat2 <0000000000000000> def
286/pat3 <8000000008000000> def
287/pat4 <8800000022000000> def
288/pat5 <8800220088002200> def
289/pat6 <8822882288228822> def
290/pat7 <aa55aa55aa55aa55> def
291/pat8 <77dd77dd77dd77dd> def
292/pat9 <77ffddff77ffddff> def
293/pat10 <77ffffff77ffffff> def
294/pat11 <7fffffff7fffffff> def
295/pat12 <8040200002040800> def
296/pat13 <40a00000040a0000> def
297/pat14 <ff888888ff888888> def
298/pat15 <ff808080ff080808> def
299/pat16 <f87422478f172271> def
300/pat17 <038448300c020101> def
301/pat18 <081c22c180010204> def
302/pat19 <8080413e080814e3> def
303/pat20 <8040201008040201> def
304/pat21 <8844221188442211> def
305/pat22 <77bbddee77bbddee> def
306/pat23 <c1e070381c0e0783> def
307/pat24 <7fbfdfeff7fbfdfe> def
308/pat25 <3e1f8fc7e3f1f87c> def
309/pat26 <0102040810204080> def
310/pat27 <1122448811224488> def
311/pat28 <eeddbb77eeddbb77> def
312/pat29 <83070e1c3870e0c1> def
313/pat30 <fefdfbf7efdfbf7f> def
314/pat31 <7cf8f1e3c78f1f3e> def
315
316/tgifcentertext { dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto } def
317
318/tgifrighttext { dup stringwidth pop neg 0 rmoveto } def
319
320/tgifreencsmalldict 12 dict def
321/tgifReEncodeSmall
322 { tgifreencsmalldict begin
323 /newcodesandnames exch def
324 /newfontname exch def
325 /basefontname exch def
326
327 /basefontdict basefontname findfont def
328 /newfont basefontdict maxlength dict def
329
330 basefontdict
331 { exch dup /FID ne
332 { dup /Encoding eq
333 { exch dup length array copy newfont 3 1 roll put }
334 { exch newfont 3 1 roll put }
335 ifelse
336 }
337 { pop pop }
338 ifelse
339 }
340 forall
341
342 newfont /FontName newfontname put
343 newcodesandnames aload pop
344
345 newcodesandnames length 2 idiv
346 { newfont /Encoding get 3 1 roll put}
347 repeat
348
349 newfontname newfont definefont pop
350 end
351 } def
352
353/tgifgray { 8 1 0 72 300 32 div div tgifsetpattern } bind def
354
355/tgifboxdict 6 dict def
356/tgifboxstroke
357 { tgifboxdict begin
358 /pat def /w def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
359 1.415 setmiterlimit
360 w 1 eq { w setlinewidth } if
361 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
362 newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
363 pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray stroke 0 setgray } { stroke } ifelse
364 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
365 w 1 eq { 1 setlinewidth } if
366 1 setmiterlimit
367 end
368 } def
369/tgifboxfill
370 { tgifboxdict begin
371 /pat def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
372 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
373 newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
374 pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray fill 0 setgray } { fill } ifelse
375 pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
376 end
377 } def
378
379end
380
381%%PageBoundingBox: 33 728 211 777
382tgifdict begin
383/tgifsavedpage save def
384
3851 setmiterlimit
3861 setlinewidth
387
3880 setgray
389
39072 0 mul 72 11.00 mul translate
39172 128 div 100 mul 100 div dup neg scale
392
393gsave
394
395% TEXT
3960 setgray
397/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
398 gsave
399 63 43 moveto (\(\(lambda \(arg\) \(/ arg 50\)\) 100\)) show
400 grestore
401
402% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
403gsave
404 newpath
405 80 48 moveto
406 96 64 lineto
407 284 64 lineto
408 299 48 lineto
409 stroke
410grestore
411
412% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
413gsave
414 newpath
415 332 86 moveto
416 -25 0 atan dup cos 8 mul 332 exch sub
417 exch sin 8 mul 61 exch sub lineto
418 stroke
419grestore
420gsave
421 newpath
422 332 61 8 3 0 -25 tgifarrowtip
423 closepath fill
424grestore
425
426% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
427gsave
428 newpath
429 199 70 moveto
430 199 86 lineto
431 stroke
432grestore
433
434% TEXT
4350 setgray
436/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
437 gsave
438 101 106 moveto (anonymous function) show
439 grestore
440
441% TEXT
4420 setgray
443/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
444 gsave
445 293 106 moveto (argument) show
446 grestore
447
448grestore
449tgifsavedpage restore
450end
451%MatchingCreationDate: Wed Mar 8 14:33:49 1995
diff --git a/lispintro/mkinstalldirs b/lispintro/mkinstalldirs
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a01481be436
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lispintro/mkinstalldirs
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
1#! /bin/sh
2# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy
3# Author: Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu>
4# Created: 1993-05-16
5# Public domain
6
7# $Id: mkinstalldirs,v 1.10 1996/05/03 07:37:52 friedman Exp $
8
9errstatus=0
10
11for file
12do
13 set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'`
14 shift
15
16 pathcomp=
17 for d
18 do
19 pathcomp="$pathcomp$d"
20 case "$pathcomp" in
21 -* ) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;;
22 esac
23
24 if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
25 echo "mkdir $pathcomp" 1>&2
26
27 mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
28
29 if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
30 errstatus=$lasterr
31 fi
32 fi
33
34 pathcomp="$pathcomp/"
35 done
36done
37
38exit $errstatus
39
40# mkinstalldirs ends here
diff --git a/lispintro/texinfo.tex b/lispintro/texinfo.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9dffef42188
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lispintro/texinfo.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,6257 @@
1% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
2%
3% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
4\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
5%
6\def\texinfoversion{2001-05-24.08}
7%
8% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,
9% 2000, 01 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
10%
11% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
12% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
13% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
14% your option) any later version.
15%
16% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
17% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
18% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
19% General Public License for more details.
20%
21% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write
23% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
24% Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
25%
26% In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
27% You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
28% what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding!
29%
30% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
31% reports; you can get the latest version from:
32% ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo.tex
33% (and all GNU mirrors, see http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html)
34% ftp://texinfo.org/tex/texinfo.tex
35% ftp://us.ctan.org/macros/texinfo/texinfo.tex
36% (and all CTAN mirrors, finger ctan@us.ctan.org for a list).
37% /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines.
38% The texinfo.tex in any given Texinfo distribution could well be out
39% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
40% Texinfo has a small home page at http://texinfo.org/.
41%
42% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a
43% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
44% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
45%
46% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
47% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple
48% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
49% tex foo.texi
50% texindex foo.??
51% tex foo.texi
52% tex foo.texi
53% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever, to process the dvi file; this makes foo.ps.
54% The extra runs of TeX get the cross-reference information correct.
55% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
56% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
57%
58% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages. You can get
59% the existing language-specific files from ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/.
60
61\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
62
63% If in a .fmt file, print the version number
64% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
65% they might have appeared in the input file name.
66\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
67 \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
68
69% Save some parts of plain tex whose names we will redefine.
70\let\ptexb=\b
71\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
72\let\ptexc=\c
73\let\ptexcomma=\,
74\let\ptexdot=\.
75\let\ptexdots=\dots
76\let\ptexend=\end
77\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
78\let\ptexexclam=\!
79\let\ptexi=\i
80\let\ptexlbrace=\{
81\let\ptexrbrace=\}
82\let\ptexstar=\*
83\let\ptext=\t
84
85% We never want plain's outer \+ definition in Texinfo.
86% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
87\let\+ = \relax
88
89\message{Basics,}
90\chardef\other=12
91
92% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
93% starts a new line in the output.
94\newlinechar = `^^J
95
96% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
97\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
98\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
99\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
100\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
101\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
102\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
103\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
104\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
105\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
106\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
107\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
108\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
109\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
110\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
111\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
112\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
113\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
114\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
115\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
116%
117\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
118\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
119\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
120\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
121\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
122\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
123\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
124\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
125\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
126\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
127\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
128\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
129%
130\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
131\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
132\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
133\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
134\ifx\putwordDeftypevar\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypevar{Variable}\fi
135\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
136\ifx\putwordDeftypefun\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypefun{Function}\fi
137
138% Ignore a token.
139%
140\def\gobble#1{}
141
142\hyphenation{ap-pen-dix}
143\hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers}
144\hyphenation{eshell}
145\hyphenation{white-space}
146
147% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
148\newdimen \bindingoffset
149\newdimen \normaloffset
150\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
151
152% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
153% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here,
154% since that produces some useless output on the terminal.
155%
156\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
157\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
158\def\loggingall{\tracingcommands2 \tracingstats2
159 \tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1
160 \tracingmacros2 \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingrestores1
161 \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen
162}%
163\else
164\def\loggingall{\tracingcommands3 \tracingstats2
165 \tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1
166 \tracingmacros2 \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingrestores1
167 \tracingscantokens1 \tracingassigns1 \tracingifs1
168 \tracinggroups1 \tracingnesting2
169 \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen
170}%
171\fi
172
173% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing
174% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
175%
176\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
177 \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
178\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
179 \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
180\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
181 \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
182
183% For @cropmarks command.
184% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
185%
186\newif\ifcropmarks
187\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue
188%
189% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners.
190% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986
191%
192\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
193\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc
194\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
195\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
196
197% Main output routine.
198\chardef\PAGE = 255
199\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
200
201\newbox\headlinebox
202\newbox\footlinebox
203
204% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents
205% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself.
206\def\onepageout#1{%
207 \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi
208 %
209 \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
210 \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
211 %
212 % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
213 % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
214 \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
215 \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
216 %
217 {%
218 % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
219 % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
220 % before the \shipout runs.
221 %
222 \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files.
223 \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output.
224 \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
225 % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
226 \shipout\vbox{%
227 % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
228 \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfmkdest{\the\pageno} \fi
229 %
230 \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
231 \hsize = \outerhsize
232 \vskip-\topandbottommargin
233 \vtop to0pt{%
234 \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}%
235 \nointerlineskip
236 \line{%
237 \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}%
238 \hfill
239 \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}%
240 }%
241 \vss}%
242 \vskip\topandbottommargin
243 \line\bgroup
244 \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize.
245 \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
246 \vbox\bgroup
247 \fi
248 %
249 \unvbox\headlinebox
250 \pagebody{#1}%
251 \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
252 % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
253 % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.)
254 % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
255 \vskip 2\baselineskip
256 \unvbox\footlinebox
257 \fi
258 %
259 \ifcropmarks
260 \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
261 \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup
262 \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
263 \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick
264 \vbox to0pt{\vss
265 \line{%
266 \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}%
267 \hfill
268 \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}%
269 }%
270 \nointerlineskip
271 \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}%
272 }%
273 \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
274 \fi
275 }% end of \shipout\vbox
276 }% end of group with \turnoffactive
277 \advancepageno
278 \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
279}
280
281\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
282
283\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
284{\catcode`\@ =11
285\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
286% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
287\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
288 \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
289\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1
290\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
291\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
292}
293
294% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are
295% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize
296% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
297%
298\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong}
299\def\nstop{\vbox
300 {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}}
301\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong}
302\def\nsbot{\vbox
303 {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}}
304
305% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of
306% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a
307% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
308%
309\def\parsearg#1{%
310 \let\next = #1%
311 \begingroup
312 \obeylines
313 \futurelet\temp\parseargx
314}
315
316% If the next token is an obeyed space (from an @example environment or
317% the like), remove it and recurse. Otherwise, we're done.
318\def\parseargx{%
319 % \obeyedspace is defined far below, after the definition of \sepspaces.
320 \ifx\obeyedspace\temp
321 \expandafter\parseargdiscardspace
322 \else
323 \expandafter\parseargline
324 \fi
325}
326
327% Remove a single space (as the delimiter token to the macro call).
328{\obeyspaces %
329 \gdef\parseargdiscardspace {\futurelet\temp\parseargx}}
330
331{\obeylines %
332 \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
333 \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
334 %
335 % First remove any @c comment, then any @comment.
336 % Result of each macro is put in \toks0.
337 \argremovec #1\c\relax %
338 \expandafter\argremovecomment \the\toks0 \comment\relax %
339 %
340 % Call the caller's macro, saved as \next in \parsearg.
341 \expandafter\next\expandafter{\the\toks0}%
342 }%
343}
344
345% Since all \c{,omment} does is throw away the argument, we can let TeX
346% do that for us. The \relax here is matched by the \relax in the call
347% in \parseargline; it could be more or less anything, its purpose is
348% just to delimit the argument to the \c.
349\def\argremovec#1\c#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}}
350\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}}
351
352% \argremovec{,omment} might leave us with trailing spaces, though; e.g.,
353% @end itemize @c foo
354% will have two active spaces as part of the argument with the
355% `itemize'. Here we remove all active spaces from #1, and assign the
356% result to \toks0.
357%
358% This loses if there are any *other* active characters besides spaces
359% in the argument -- _ ^ +, for example -- since they get expanded.
360% Fortunately, Texinfo does not define any such commands. (If it ever
361% does, the catcode of the characters in questionwill have to be changed
362% here.) But this means we cannot call \removeactivespaces as part of
363% \argremovec{,omment}, since @c uses \parsearg, and thus the argument
364% that \parsearg gets might well have any character at all in it.
365%
366\def\removeactivespaces#1{%
367 \begingroup
368 \ignoreactivespaces
369 \edef\temp{#1}%
370 \global\toks0 = \expandafter{\temp}%
371 \endgroup
372}
373
374% Change the active space to expand to nothing.
375%
376\begingroup
377 \obeyspaces
378 \gdef\ignoreactivespaces{\obeyspaces\let =\empty}
379\endgroup
380
381
382\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
383
384%% These are used to keep @begin/@end levels from running away
385%% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup)
386\newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi}
387\def\ENVcheck{%
388\ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment; press RETURN to continue}
389\endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage
390
391% @begin foo is the same as @foo, for now.
392\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
393
394\outer\def\begin{\parsearg\beginxxx}
395
396\def\beginxxx #1{%
397\expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax
398{\errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command @begin #1}}\else
399\csname #1\endcsname\fi}
400
401% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
402%
403\def\end{\parsearg\endxxx}
404\def\endxxx #1{%
405 \removeactivespaces{#1}%
406 \edef\endthing{\the\toks0}%
407 %
408 \expandafter\ifx\csname E\endthing\endcsname\relax
409 \expandafter\ifx\csname \endthing\endcsname\relax
410 % There's no \foo, i.e., no ``environment'' foo.
411 \errhelp = \EMsimple
412 \errmessage{Undefined command `@end \endthing'}%
413 \else
414 \unmatchedenderror\endthing
415 \fi
416 \else
417 % Everything's ok; the right environment has been started.
418 \csname E\endthing\endcsname
419 \fi
420}
421
422% There is an environment #1, but it hasn't been started. Give an error.
423%
424\def\unmatchedenderror#1{%
425 \errhelp = \EMsimple
426 \errmessage{This `@end #1' doesn't have a matching `@#1'}%
427}
428
429% Define the control sequence \E#1 to give an unmatched @end error.
430%
431\def\defineunmatchedend#1{%
432 \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\unmatchedenderror{#1}}%
433}
434
435
436% Single-spacing is done by various environments (specifically, in
437% \nonfillstart and \quotations).
438\newskip\singlespaceskip \singlespaceskip = 12.5pt
439\def\singlespace{%
440 % Why was this kern here? It messes up equalizing space above and below
441 % environments. --karl, 6may93
442 %{\advance \baselineskip by -\singlespaceskip
443 %\kern \baselineskip}%
444 \setleading \singlespaceskip
445}
446
447%% Simple single-character @ commands
448
449% @@ prints an @
450% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr).
451\def\@{{\tt\char64}}
452
453% This is turned off because it was never documented
454% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures.
455%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and '
456%% but suppressing ligatures.
457%\def\`{{`}}
458%\def\'{{'}}
459
460% Used to generate quoted braces.
461\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}}
462\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}}
463\let\{=\mylbrace
464\let\}=\myrbrace
465\begingroup
466 % Definitions to produce actual \{ & \} command in an index.
467 \catcode`\{ = 12 \catcode`\} = 12
468 \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
469 \catcode`\@ = 0 \catcode`\\ = 12
470 @gdef@lbracecmd[\{]%
471 @gdef@rbracecmd[\}]%
472@endgroup
473
474% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
475% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @v @H.
476\let\, = \c
477\let\dotaccent = \.
478\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
479\let\tieaccent = \t
480\let\ubaraccent = \b
481\let\udotaccent = \d
482
483% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown
484% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (and lowercase versions) @ss.
485\def\questiondown{?`}
486\def\exclamdown{!`}
487
488% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
489\def\imacro{i}
490\def\jmacro{j}
491\def\dotless#1{%
492 \def\temp{#1}%
493 \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi
494 \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j
495 \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
496 \fi\fi
497}
498
499% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
500% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
501% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
502% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
503% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
504{\catcode`@ = 11
505 % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
506 % if the definition is written into an index file.
507 \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
508 \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
509}
510
511% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
512\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
513
514% @* forces a line break.
515\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
516
517% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
518\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 }
519
520% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
521\def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 }
522
523% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
524\def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 }
525
526% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
527% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
528% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
529\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
530
531% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
532% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
533% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for
534% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
535% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large,
536% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
537% the text is small, which looks bad.
538%
539\def\group{\begingroup
540 \ifnum\catcode13=\active \else
541 \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
542 \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
543 \fi
544 %
545 % The \vtop we start below produces a box with normal height and large
546 % depth; thus, TeX puts \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the
547 % next line of text is done) \lineskip glue after it. (See p.82 of
548 % the TeXbook.) Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
549 % above. But it's pretty close.
550 \def\Egroup{%
551 \egroup % End the \vtop.
552 \endgroup % End the \group.
553 }%
554 %
555 \vtop\bgroup
556 % We have to put a strut on the last line in case the @group is in
557 % the midst of an example, rather than completely enclosing it.
558 % Otherwise, the interline space between the last line of the group
559 % and the first line afterwards is too small. But we can't put the
560 % strut in \Egroup, since there it would be on a line by itself.
561 % Hence this just inserts a strut at the beginning of each line.
562 \everypar = {\strut}%
563 %
564 % Since we have a strut on every line, we don't need any of TeX's
565 % normal interline spacing.
566 \offinterlineskip
567 %
568 % OK, but now we have to do something about blank
569 % lines in the input in @example-like environments, which normally
570 % just turn into \lisppar, which will insert no space now that we've
571 % turned off the interline space. Simplest is to make them be an
572 % empty paragraph.
573 \ifx\par\lisppar
574 \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}%
575 %
576 % Reset ^^M's definition to new definition of \par.
577 \obeylines
578 \fi
579 %
580 % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
581 % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
582 % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after
583 % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group
584 % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
585 % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
586 \comment
587}
588%
589% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
590% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
591%
592\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
593group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
594where each line of input produces a line of output.}
595
596% @need space-in-mils
597% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
598
599\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in
600
601\def\need{\parsearg\needx}
602
603% Old definition--didn't work.
604%\def\needx #1{\par %
605%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally
606%% if the depth of the box does not fit.
607%{\baselineskip=0pt%
608%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak
609%\prevdepth=-1000pt
610%}}
611
612\def\needx#1{%
613 % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
614 % paragraph.
615 \par
616 %
617 % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
618 \dimen0 = #1\mil
619 \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox
620 \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox
621 \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2
622 %
623 % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the
624 % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line.
625 % And a page break here is fine.
626 \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}%
627 %
628 % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
629 % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the
630 % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
631 % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
632 % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999.
633 %
634 % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
635 % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
636 % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
637 % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
638 % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an
639 % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
640 % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
641 \penalty9999
642 %
643 % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
644 \kern -#1\mil
645 %
646 % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
647 \nobreak
648 \fi
649}
650
651% @br forces paragraph break
652
653\let\br = \par
654
655% @dots{} output an ellipsis using the current font.
656% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter
657% font as three actual period characters.
658%
659\def\dots{%
660 \leavevmode
661 \hbox to 1.5em{%
662 \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil
663 .\hss.\hss.%
664 \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil
665 }%
666}
667
668% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
669%
670\def\enddots{%
671 \leavevmode
672 \hbox to 2em{%
673 \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil
674 .\hss.\hss.\hss.%
675 \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil
676 }%
677 \spacefactor=3000
678}
679
680
681% @page forces the start of a new page
682%
683\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
684
685% @exdent text....
686% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
687
688% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
689% That's how much \exdent should take out.
690\newskip\exdentamount
691
692% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
693\def\exdent{\parsearg\exdentyyy}
694\def\exdentyyy #1{{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}}
695
696% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
697\def\nofillexdent{\parsearg\nofillexdentyyy}
698\def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
699\leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
700
701% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
702% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
703% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'.
704%
705\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
706\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
707%
708\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
709 \nobreak
710 \kern-\strutdepth
711 \vtop to \strutdepth{%
712 \baselineskip=\strutdepth
713 \vss
714 % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
715 % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
716 \ifx#1l%
717 \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
718 \else
719 \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
720 \fi
721 \null
722 }%
723}}
724\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
725\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
726%
727% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
728% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
729% else use TEXT for both).
730%
731\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
732\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
733 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
734 \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
735 \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts
736 \def\righttext{#2}%
737 \else
738 \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text
739 \def\righttext{#1}%
740 \fi
741 %
742 \ifodd\pageno
743 \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
744 \else
745 \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
746 \fi
747 \temp
748}
749
750% @include file insert text of that file as input.
751% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name).
752\def\include{\begingroup
753 \catcode`\\=12
754 \catcode`~=12
755 \catcode`^=12
756 \catcode`_=12
757 \catcode`|=12
758 \catcode`<=12
759 \catcode`>=12
760 \catcode`+=12
761 \parsearg\includezzz}
762% Restore active chars for included file.
763\def\includezzz#1{\endgroup\begingroup
764 % Read the included file in a group so nested @include's work.
765 \def\thisfile{#1}%
766 \input\thisfile
767\endgroup}
768
769\def\thisfile{}
770
771% @center line outputs that line, centered
772
773\def\center{\parsearg\centerzzz}
774\def\centerzzz #1{{\advance\hsize by -\leftskip
775\advance\hsize by -\rightskip
776\centerline{#1}}}
777
778% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space
779
780\def\sp{\parsearg\spxxx}
781\def\spxxx #1{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
782
783% @comment ...line which is ignored...
784% @c is the same as @comment
785% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment
786
787\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other%
788\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
789\commentxxx}
790{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
791
792\let\c=\comment
793
794% @paragraphindent NCHARS
795% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
796% We cannot implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
797%
798\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
799\def\noneword{none}
800%
801\def\paragraphindent{\parsearg\doparagraphindent}
802\def\doparagraphindent#1{%
803 \def\temp{#1}%
804 \ifx\temp\asisword
805 \else
806 \ifx\temp\noneword
807 \defaultparindent = 0pt
808 \else
809 \defaultparindent = #1em
810 \fi
811 \fi
812 \parindent = \defaultparindent
813}
814
815% @exampleindent NCHARS
816% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
817% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
818% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
819\def\exampleindent{\parsearg\doexampleindent}
820\def\doexampleindent#1{%
821 \def\temp{#1}%
822 \ifx\temp\asisword
823 \else
824 \ifx\temp\noneword
825 \lispnarrowing = 0pt
826 \else
827 \lispnarrowing = #1em
828 \fi
829 \fi
830}
831
832% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example.
833%
834\def\asis#1{#1}
835
836% @math means output in math mode.
837% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control
838% sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written. Then,
839% we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they
840% should be, according to the definition of Texinfo). So we must use a
841% control sequence to switch into and out of math mode.
842%
843% This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it
844% seems unlikely it will ever be needed there.
845%
846\let\implicitmath = $
847\def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath}
848
849% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
850\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath}
851\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath}
852
853% @refill is a no-op.
854\let\refill=\relax
855
856% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
857% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
858% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
859%
860\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
861\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
862
863% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
864% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
865% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
866\def\setfilename{%
867 \iflinks
868 \readauxfile
869 \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
870 \openindices
871 \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
872 \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
873 %
874 % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
875 % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
876 % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input.
877 \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
878 \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi
879 \closein1
880 \temp
881 %
882 \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
883}
884
885% Called from \setfilename.
886%
887\def\openindices{%
888 \newindex{cp}%
889 \newcodeindex{fn}%
890 \newcodeindex{vr}%
891 \newcodeindex{tp}%
892 \newcodeindex{ky}%
893 \newcodeindex{pg}%
894}
895
896% @bye.
897\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
898
899
900\message{pdf,}
901% adobe `portable' document format
902\newcount\tempnum
903\newcount\lnkcount
904\newtoks\filename
905\newcount\filenamelength
906\newcount\pgn
907\newtoks\toksA
908\newtoks\toksB
909\newtoks\toksC
910\newtoks\toksD
911\newbox\boxA
912\newcount\countA
913\newif\ifpdf
914\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
915
916\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
917 \pdffalse
918 \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
919 \let\pdfurl = \gobble
920 \let\endlink = \relax
921 \let\linkcolor = \relax
922 \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
923\else
924 \pdftrue
925 \pdfoutput = 1
926 \input pdfcolor
927 \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
928 \def\imagewidth{#2}%
929 \def\imageheight{#3}%
930 \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
931 \pdfimage
932 \else
933 \pdfximage
934 \fi
935 \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi
936 \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi
937 \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
938 #1.pdf%
939 \else
940 {#1.pdf}%
941 \fi
942 \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
943 \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
944 \fi}
945 \def\pdfmkdest#1{\pdfdest name{#1} xyz}
946 \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1@}
947 \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light?
948 \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink}
949 % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
950 % come from Petr Olsak
951 \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
952 \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
953 \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
954 \advance\tempnum by1
955 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
956 \def\pdfmakeoutlines{{%
957 \openin 1 \jobname.toc
958 \ifeof 1\else\bgroup
959 \closein 1
960 \indexnofonts
961 \def\tt{}
962 \let\_ = \normalunderscore
963 % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
964 \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace
965 \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
966 %
967 \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{}
968 \def\unnumbchapentry ##1##2{}
969 \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{\advancenumber{chap##2}}
970 \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{}
971 \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{\advancenumber{sec##2.##3}}
972 \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{}
973 \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{\advancenumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}}
974 \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{}
975 \input \jobname.toc
976 \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{%
977 \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##3}}count-\expnumber{chap##2}{##1}}
978 \def\unnumbchapentry ##1##2{%
979 \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}}
980 \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{%
981 \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##4}}count-\expnumber{sec##2.##3}{##1}}
982 \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{%
983 \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}}
984 \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{%
985 \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##5}}count-\expnumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}{##1}}
986 \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{%
987 \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}}
988 \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{%
989 \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##6}}{##1}}
990 \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{%
991 \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}}
992 \input \jobname.toc
993 \egroup\fi
994 }}
995 \def\makelinks #1,{%
996 \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}%
997 \ifx\params\E
998 \let\nextmakelinks=\relax
999 \else
1000 \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks
1001 \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi
1002 \picknum{#1}%
1003 \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}
1004 goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}%
1005 \linkcolor #1%
1006 \advance\lnkcount by 1%
1007 \endlink
1008 \fi
1009 \nextmakelinks
1010 }
1011 \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1}
1012 \def\pn#1{%
1013 \def\p{#1}%
1014 \ifx\p\lbrace
1015 \let\nextpn=\ppn
1016 \else
1017 \let\nextpn=\ppnn
1018 \def\first{#1}
1019 \fi
1020 \nextpn
1021 }
1022 \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble}
1023 \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first}
1024 \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,}
1025 \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
1026 \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
1027 \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
1028 \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
1029 \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
1030 \advance\filenamelength by 1
1031 \fi
1032 \fi
1033 \nextsp}
1034 \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax}
1035 \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
1036 \let \startlink \pdfannotlink
1037 \else
1038 \let \startlink \pdfstartlink
1039 \fi
1040 \def\pdfurl#1{%
1041 \begingroup
1042 \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}%
1043 \let\value=\expandablevalue
1044 \leavevmode\Red
1045 \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
1046 user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
1047 % #1
1048 \endgroup}
1049 \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
1050 \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
1051 \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
1052 \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
1053 \def\maketoks{%
1054 \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|
1055 \ifx\first0\adn0
1056 \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
1057 \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
1058 \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
1059 \else
1060 \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
1061 \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
1062 \let\next=\maketoks
1063 \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
1064 \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
1065 \fi
1066 \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
1067 \next}
1068 \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
1069 {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
1070 \def\pdflink#1{%
1071 \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\mkpgn{#1}}
1072 \linkcolor #1\endlink}
1073 \def\mkpgn#1{#1@}
1074 \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
1075\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
1076
1077
1078\message{fonts,}
1079% Font-change commands.
1080
1081% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
1082% So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc.
1083\newfam\sffam
1084\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf}
1085\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
1086
1087% We don't need math for this one.
1088\def\ttsl{\tenttsl}
1089
1090% Use Computer Modern fonts at \magstephalf (11pt).
1091\newcount\mainmagstep
1092\mainmagstep=\magstephalf
1093
1094% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
1095% specified font prefix (normally `cm').
1096% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor
1097\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4}
1098
1099% Use cm as the default font prefix.
1100% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
1101% before you read in texinfo.tex.
1102\ifx\fontprefix\undefined
1103\def\fontprefix{cm}
1104\fi
1105% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
1106\def\rmshape{r}
1107\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold
1108\def\bfshape{b}
1109\def\bxshape{bx}
1110\def\ttshape{tt}
1111\def\ttbshape{tt}
1112\def\ttslshape{sltt}
1113\def\itshape{ti}
1114\def\itbshape{bxti}
1115\def\slshape{sl}
1116\def\slbshape{bxsl}
1117\def\sfshape{ss}
1118\def\sfbshape{ss}
1119\def\scshape{csc}
1120\def\scbshape{csc}
1121
1122\ifx\bigger\relax
1123\let\mainmagstep=\magstep1
1124\setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
1125\setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
1126\else
1127\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
1128\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
1129\fi
1130% Instead of cmb10, you many want to use cmbx10.
1131% cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10
1132% looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10.
1133\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
1134\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
1135\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
1136\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
1137\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
1138\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
1139\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
1140\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
1141
1142% A few fonts for @defun, etc.
1143\setfont\defbf\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} %was 1314
1144\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
1145\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf}
1146
1147% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
1148\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
1149\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}
1150\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}
1151\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}
1152\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}
1153\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
1154\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}
1155\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
1156\font\smalli=cmmi9
1157\font\smallsy=cmsy9
1158
1159% Fonts for title page:
1160\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
1161\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}
1162\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}
1163\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}
1164\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}
1165\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}
1166\let\titlebf=\titlerm
1167\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}
1168\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
1169\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
1170\def\authorrm{\secrm}
1171
1172% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
1173\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}
1174\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}
1175\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}
1176\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}
1177\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}
1178\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}
1179\let\chapbf=\chaprm
1180\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}
1181\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
1182\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
1183
1184% Section fonts (14.4pt).
1185\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
1186\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
1187\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
1188\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
1189\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
1190\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
1191\let\secbf\secrm
1192\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
1193\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
1194\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
1195
1196% \setfont\ssecrm\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} % This size an font looked bad.
1197% \setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{\magstep1} % The letters were too crowded.
1198% \setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}
1199% \setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
1200% \setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{\magstep1}
1201
1202%\setfont\ssecrm\bfshape{10}{1315} % Note the use of cmb rather than cmbx.
1203%\setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{1315} % Also, the size is a little larger than
1204%\setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{1315} % being scaled magstep1.
1205%\setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{1315}
1206%\setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{1315}
1207
1208%\let\ssecbf=\ssecrm
1209
1210% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
1211\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
1212\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}
1213\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}
1214\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
1215\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}
1216\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
1217\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
1218\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}
1219\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
1220\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
1221% The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5,
1222% but that is not a standard magnification.
1223
1224% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
1225% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since
1226% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts, we
1227% don't bother to reset \scriptfont and \scriptscriptfont (which would
1228% also require loading a lot more fonts).
1229%
1230\def\resetmathfonts{%
1231 \textfont0 = \tenrm \textfont1 = \teni \textfont2 = \tensy
1232 \textfont\itfam = \tenit \textfont\slfam = \tensl \textfont\bffam = \tenbf
1233 \textfont\ttfam = \tentt \textfont\sffam = \tensf
1234}
1235
1236
1237% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
1238% of just \STYLE. We do this so that font changes will continue to work
1239% in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most
1240% cases, not the current font. Plain TeX does \def\bf{\fam=\bffam
1241% \tenbf}, for example. By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need to
1242% redefine \bf itself.
1243\def\textfonts{%
1244 \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
1245 \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
1246 \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
1247 \resetmathfonts}
1248\def\titlefonts{%
1249 \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
1250 \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
1251 \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
1252 \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
1253 \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}}
1254\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
1255\def\chapfonts{%
1256 \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
1257 \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
1258 \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
1259 \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
1260\def\secfonts{%
1261 \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
1262 \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
1263 \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
1264 \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
1265\def\subsecfonts{%
1266 \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
1267 \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
1268 \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
1269 \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
1270\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf?
1271\def\smallfonts{%
1272 \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
1273 \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
1274 \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
1275 \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
1276 \resetmathfonts \setleading{11pt}}
1277
1278% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
1279%
1280\textfonts
1281
1282% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
1283\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
1284\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
1285
1286% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
1287\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
1288
1289% Fonts for short table of contents.
1290\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
1291\setfont\shortcontbf\bxshape{12}{1000}
1292\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}
1293
1294%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
1295%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
1296
1297% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
1298% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
1299\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else\/\fi\fi\fi}
1300\def\smartslanted#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
1301\def\smartitalic#1{{\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
1302
1303\let\i=\smartitalic
1304\let\var=\smartslanted
1305\let\dfn=\smartslanted
1306\let\emph=\smartitalic
1307\let\cite=\smartslanted
1308
1309\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
1310\let\strong=\b
1311
1312% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
1313% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
1314% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
1315%
1316\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
1317\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
1318
1319\def\t#1{%
1320 {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}%
1321 \null
1322}
1323\let\ttfont=\t
1324\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
1325\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
1326\font\keysy=cmsy9
1327\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
1328 \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
1329 \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
1330 \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
1331 \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
1332 \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
1333% The old definition, with no lozenge:
1334%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
1335\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
1336
1337% @file, @option are the same as @samp.
1338\let\file=\samp
1339\let\option=\samp
1340
1341% @code is a modification of @t,
1342% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text.
1343\def\tclose#1{%
1344 {%
1345 % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
1346 \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
1347 %
1348 % Switch to typewriter.
1349 \tt
1350 %
1351 % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
1352 \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
1353 %
1354 % Turn off hyphenation.
1355 \nohyphenation
1356 %
1357 \rawbackslash
1358 \frenchspacing
1359 #1%
1360 }%
1361 \null
1362}
1363
1364% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code.
1365% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
1366% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
1367
1368% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
1369% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
1370% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
1371% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
1372% -- rms.
1373{
1374 \catcode`\-=\active
1375 \catcode`\_=\active
1376 %
1377 \global\def\code{\begingroup
1378 \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash
1379 \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder
1380 \codex
1381 }
1382 %
1383 % If we end up with any active - characters when handling the index,
1384 % just treat them as a normal -.
1385 \global\def\indexbreaks{\catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash}
1386}
1387
1388\def\realdash{-}
1389\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
1390\def\codeunder{\ifusingtt{\normalunderscore\discretionary{}{}{}}{\_}}
1391\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
1392
1393%\let\exp=\tclose %Was temporary
1394
1395% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
1396% then @kbd has no effect.
1397
1398% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
1399% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
1400% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
1401\def\kbdinputstyle{\parsearg\kbdinputstylexxx}
1402\def\kbdinputstylexxx#1{%
1403 \def\arg{#1}%
1404 \ifx\arg\worddistinct
1405 \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
1406 \else\ifx\arg\wordexample
1407 \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
1408 \else\ifx\arg\wordcode
1409 \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
1410 \fi\fi\fi
1411}
1412\def\worddistinct{distinct}
1413\def\wordexample{example}
1414\def\wordcode{code}
1415
1416% Default is kbdinputdistinct. (Too much of a hassle to call the macro,
1417% the catcodes are wrong for parsearg to work.)
1418\gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}
1419
1420\def\xkey{\key}
1421\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
1422\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
1423\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi
1424\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi}
1425
1426% For @url, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
1427\let\url=\code
1428\let\env=\code
1429\let\command=\code
1430
1431% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
1432% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
1433% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
1434% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in
1435% a hypertex \special here.
1436%
1437\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish}
1438\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
1439 \unsepspaces
1440 \pdfurl{#1}%
1441 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
1442 \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
1443 \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
1444 \else
1445 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
1446 \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
1447 \ifpdf
1448 \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
1449 \else
1450 \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
1451 \fi
1452 \else
1453 \code{#1}% only url given, so show it
1454 \fi
1455 \fi
1456 \endlink
1457\endgroup}
1458
1459% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
1460% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
1461%
1462%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
1463\ifpdf
1464 \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
1465 \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
1466 \unsepspaces
1467 \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
1468 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
1469 \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
1470 \endlink
1471 \endgroup}
1472\else
1473 \let\email=\uref
1474\fi
1475
1476% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the
1477% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
1478% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
1479% this property, we can check that font parameter.
1480%
1481\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
1482
1483% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the
1484% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
1485%
1486\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
1487
1488\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}
1489
1490% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
1491% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for
1492% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96.
1493%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
1494
1495% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
1496\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font
1497\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font
1498\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font
1499
1500% @acronym downcases the argument and prints in smallcaps.
1501\def\acronym#1{{\smallcaps \lowercase{#1}}}
1502
1503% @pounds{} is a sterling sign.
1504\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
1505
1506
1507\message{page headings,}
1508
1509\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
1510\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
1511
1512% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
1513\newif\ifseenauthor
1514\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
1515
1516% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the
1517% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage.
1518%
1519\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
1520 \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
1521\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
1522 \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
1523
1524\def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz}
1525\def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
1526 \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
1527
1528\def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts
1529 \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
1530 \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}%
1531 %
1532 \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines}%
1533 %
1534 % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
1535 \vglue\titlepagetopglue
1536 %
1537 % Now you can print the title using @title.
1538 \def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}%
1539 \def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefonts\rm ##1}
1540 % print a rule at the page bottom also.
1541 \finishedtitlepagefalse
1542 \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}%
1543 % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
1544 \finishedtitlepagetrue
1545 %
1546 % Now you can put text using @subtitle.
1547 \def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}%
1548 \def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}%
1549 %
1550 % @author should come last, but may come many times.
1551 \def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}%
1552 \def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi
1553 {\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}%
1554 %
1555 % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
1556 % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second.
1557 \let\oldpage = \page
1558 \def\page{%
1559 \iffinishedtitlepage\else
1560 \finishtitlepage
1561 \fi
1562 \oldpage
1563 \let\page = \oldpage
1564 \hbox{}}%
1565% \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}}
1566}
1567
1568\def\Etitlepage{%
1569 \iffinishedtitlepage\else
1570 \finishtitlepage
1571 \fi
1572 % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
1573 % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
1574 % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
1575 % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
1576 \oldpage
1577 \endgroup
1578 %
1579 % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
1580 \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
1581 \shortcontents
1582 \contents
1583 \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
1584 \global\let\contents = \relax
1585 \fi
1586 %
1587 \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
1588 \contents
1589 \global\let\contents = \relax
1590 \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
1591 \fi
1592 %
1593 \ifpdf \pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
1594 %
1595 \HEADINGSon
1596}
1597
1598\def\finishtitlepage{%
1599 \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
1600 \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
1601 \finishedtitlepagetrue
1602}
1603
1604%%% Set up page headings and footings.
1605
1606\let\thispage=\folio
1607
1608\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages
1609\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages
1610\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages
1611\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages
1612
1613% Now make Tex use those variables
1614\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
1615 \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
1616\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
1617 \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
1618\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
1619
1620% Commands to set those variables.
1621% For example, this is what @headings on does
1622% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
1623% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
1624% @evenfooting @thisfile||
1625% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
1626
1627\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
1628\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
1629\def\everyheading{\parsearg\everyheadingxxx}
1630
1631\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
1632\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
1633\def\everyfooting{\parsearg\everyfootingxxx}
1634
1635{\catcode`\@=0 %
1636
1637\gdef\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
1638\gdef\evenheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
1639\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
1640
1641\gdef\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
1642\gdef\oddheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
1643\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
1644
1645\gdef\everyheadingxxx#1{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
1646
1647\gdef\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
1648\gdef\evenfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
1649\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
1650
1651\gdef\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
1652\gdef\oddfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
1653 \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
1654 %
1655 % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume
1656 % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
1657 \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip
1658 \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip
1659}
1660
1661\gdef\everyfootingxxx#1{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
1662%
1663}% unbind the catcode of @.
1664
1665% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing.
1666% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing.
1667% @headings off turns them off.
1668% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
1669% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page.
1670% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
1671% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
1672% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
1673% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
1674
1675\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
1676
1677\def\HEADINGSoff{
1678\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
1679\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
1680\HEADINGSoff
1681% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
1682% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
1683% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
1684% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
1685% edge of all pages.
1686\def\HEADINGSdouble{
1687\global\pageno=1
1688\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
1689\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
1690\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
1691\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
1692\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
1693}
1694\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
1695
1696% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
1697% page number on top right.
1698\def\HEADINGSsingle{
1699\global\pageno=1
1700\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
1701\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
1702\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
1703\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
1704\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
1705}
1706\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
1707
1708\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
1709\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
1710\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
1711\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
1712\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
1713\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
1714\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
1715\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
1716}
1717
1718\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
1719\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
1720\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
1721\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
1722\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
1723\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
1724\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
1725}
1726
1727% Subroutines used in generating headings
1728% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
1729% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
1730% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
1731\ifx\today\undefined
1732\def\today{%
1733 \number\day\space
1734 \ifcase\month
1735 \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
1736 \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
1737 \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
1738 \fi
1739 \space\number\year}
1740\fi
1741
1742% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings.
1743% It generates no output of its own.
1744\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
1745\def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz}
1746\def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}}
1747
1748
1749\message{tables,}
1750% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x).
1751
1752% default indentation of table text
1753\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
1754% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
1755\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in
1756% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
1757\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in
1758
1759% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
1760\newdimen\itemmax
1761
1762% Note @table, @vtable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
1763% these defs.
1764% They also define \itemindex
1765% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
1766
1767\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
1768
1769\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
1770
1771\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
1772\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
1773
1774\def\internalBxitem "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \smallbreak \parsearg\xitemzzz}
1775\def\internalBxitemx "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \itemxpar \parsearg\xitemzzz}
1776
1777\def\internalBkitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\kitemzzz}
1778\def\internalBkitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\kitemzzz}
1779
1780\def\kitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \lastfunction}}%
1781 \itemzzz {#1}}
1782
1783\def\xitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \xitemsubtopic}}%
1784 \itemzzz {#1}}
1785
1786\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
1787 \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
1788 \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
1789 \setbox0=\hbox{\itemfont{#1}}%
1790 \itemindex{#1}%
1791 \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
1792 %
1793 % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
1794 % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
1795 % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
1796 % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
1797 % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
1798 \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
1799 %
1800 % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
1801 % but leave it ragged-right.
1802 \begingroup
1803 \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
1804 \advance\hsize by\tableindent
1805 \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil
1806 \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
1807 \endgroup
1808 %
1809 % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
1810 % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
1811 \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
1812 %
1813 % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. Unfortunately
1814 % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following
1815 % \baselineskip glue.
1816 \nobreak
1817 \endgroup
1818 \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
1819 \else
1820 % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the
1821 % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
1822 \noindent
1823 % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
1824 % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
1825 % eventually be printed.
1826 \nobreak\kern-\tableindent
1827 \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
1828 \unhbox0
1829 \nobreak\kern\dimen0
1830 \endgroup
1831 \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
1832 \fi
1833}
1834
1835\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a table}}
1836\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a table}}
1837\def\kitem{\errmessage{@kitem while not in a table}}
1838\def\kitemx{\errmessage{@kitemx while not in a table}}
1839\def\xitem{\errmessage{@xitem while not in a table}}
1840\def\xitemx{\errmessage{@xitemx while not in a table}}
1841
1842% Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work.
1843\def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}}
1844
1845% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
1846\def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex}
1847{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
1848\gdef\tablex #1^^M{%
1849\tabley\dontindex#1 \endtabley}}
1850
1851\def\ftable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\ftablex}
1852{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
1853\gdef\ftablex #1^^M{%
1854\tabley\fnitemindex#1 \endtabley
1855\def\Eftable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
1856\let\Etable=\relax}}
1857
1858\def\vtable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\vtablex}
1859{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
1860\gdef\vtablex #1^^M{%
1861\tabley\vritemindex#1 \endtabley
1862\def\Evtable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
1863\let\Etable=\relax}}
1864
1865\def\dontindex #1{}
1866\def\fnitemindex #1{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}}%
1867\def\vritemindex #1{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}}%
1868
1869{\obeyspaces %
1870\gdef\tabley#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endtabley{\endgroup%
1871\tablez{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}
1872
1873\def\tablez #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
1874\aboveenvbreak %
1875\begingroup %
1876\def\Edescription{\Etable}% Necessary kludge.
1877\let\itemindex=#1%
1878\ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \leftskip by #3\mil \fi %
1879\ifnum 0#4>0 \tableindent=#4\mil \fi %
1880\ifnum 0#5>0 \advance \rightskip by #5\mil \fi %
1881\def\itemfont{#2}%
1882\itemmax=\tableindent %
1883\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin %
1884\advance \leftskip by \tableindent %
1885\exdentamount=\tableindent
1886\parindent = 0pt
1887\parskip = \smallskipamount
1888\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi%
1889\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
1890\let\item = \internalBitem %
1891\let\itemx = \internalBitemx %
1892\let\kitem = \internalBkitem %
1893\let\kitemx = \internalBkitemx %
1894\let\xitem = \internalBxitem %
1895\let\xitemx = \internalBxitemx %
1896}
1897
1898% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
1899
1900\newcount \itemno
1901
1902\def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz}
1903
1904\def\itemizezzz #1{%
1905 \begingroup % ended by the @end itemize
1906 \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize}
1907}
1908
1909\def\itemizey #1#2{%
1910\aboveenvbreak %
1911\itemmax=\itemindent %
1912\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin %
1913\advance \leftskip by \itemindent %
1914\exdentamount=\itemindent
1915\parindent = 0pt %
1916\parskip = \smallskipamount %
1917\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi%
1918\def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
1919\def\itemcontents{#1}%
1920\let\item=\itemizeitem}
1921
1922% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
1923% These are `.?!:;,'
1924\def\frenchspacing{\sfcode46=1000 \sfcode63=1000 \sfcode33=1000
1925 \sfcode58=1000 \sfcode59=1000 \sfcode44=1000 }
1926
1927% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
1928% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
1929%
1930\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
1931
1932% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
1933% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No
1934% argument is the same as `1'.
1935%
1936\def\enumerate{\parsearg\enumeratezzz}
1937\def\enumeratezzz #1{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey}
1938\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
1939 \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate
1940 %
1941 % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
1942 \def\thearg{#1}%
1943 \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
1944 %
1945 % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a
1946 % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
1947 % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
1948 % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
1949 % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
1950 \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
1951 \ifx\rest\empty
1952 % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything.
1953 % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
1954 % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
1955 % not equal to itself.
1956 % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
1957 %
1958 % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
1959 % continuing to look for a <number>.
1960 %
1961 \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
1962 \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
1963 \else
1964 % It's a letter.
1965 \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
1966 \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
1967 \else
1968 \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
1969 \fi
1970 \fi
1971 \else
1972 % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number.
1973 \numericenumerate
1974 \fi
1975}
1976
1977% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is
1978% given in \thearg.
1979%
1980\def\numericenumerate{%
1981 \itemno = \thearg
1982 \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
1983}
1984
1985% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
1986\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
1987 \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
1988 \startenumeration{%
1989 % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
1990 \ifnum\itemno=0
1991 \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
1992 alphabet}%
1993 \fi
1994 \char\lccode\itemno
1995 }%
1996}
1997
1998% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
1999\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
2000 \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
2001 \startenumeration{%
2002 % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
2003 \ifnum\itemno=0
2004 \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
2005 alphabet}
2006 \fi
2007 \char\uccode\itemno
2008 }%
2009}
2010
2011% Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
2012% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in
2013% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
2014%
2015\def\startenumeration#1{%
2016 \advance\itemno by -1
2017 \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr
2018}
2019
2020% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
2021% to @enumerate.
2022%
2023\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}}
2024\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}}
2025\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
2026\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
2027
2028% Definition of @item while inside @itemize.
2029
2030\def\itemizeitem{%
2031\advance\itemno by 1
2032{\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}%
2033\ifhmode \errmessage{In hmode at itemizeitem}\fi
2034{\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt
2035\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}%
2036\vadjust{\penalty 1200}}%
2037\flushcr}
2038
2039% @multitable macros
2040% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
2041%
2042% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired.
2043% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width
2044% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line,
2045% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page.
2046
2047% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines.
2048
2049% To make preamble:
2050%
2051% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize:
2052% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45
2053% @item ...
2054%
2055% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total
2056% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many
2057% columns as desired.
2058
2059
2060% Or use a template:
2061% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
2062% @item ...
2063% using the widest term desired in each column.
2064%
2065% For those who want to use more than one line's worth of words in
2066% the preamble, break the line within one argument and it
2067% will parse correctly, i.e.,
2068%
2069% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3
2070% template}
2071% Not:
2072% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template}
2073% {Column 3 template}
2074
2075% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column
2076% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
2077% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
2078% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns.
2079
2080% @item, @tab, @multitable or @end multitable do not need to be on their
2081% own lines, but it will not hurt if they are.
2082
2083% Sample multitable:
2084
2085% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
2086% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col
2087% @item
2088% first col stuff
2089% @tab
2090% second col stuff
2091% @tab
2092% third col
2093% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff
2094% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column.
2095%
2096% They will wrap at the width determined by the template.
2097% @item@tab@tab This will be in third column.
2098% @end multitable
2099
2100% Default dimensions may be reset by user.
2101% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table.
2102% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table.
2103% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns.
2104% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline
2105% to baseline.
2106% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing.
2107%
2108\newskip\multitableparskip
2109\newskip\multitableparindent
2110\newdimen\multitablecolspace
2111\newskip\multitablelinespace
2112\multitableparskip=0pt
2113\multitableparindent=6pt
2114\multitablecolspace=12pt
2115\multitablelinespace=0pt
2116
2117% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
2118%
2119\let\endsetuptable\relax
2120\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
2121\let\columnfractions\relax
2122\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
2123\newif\ifsetpercent
2124
2125% #1 is the part of the @columnfraction before the decimal point, which
2126% is presumably either 0 or the empty string (but we don't check, we
2127% just throw it away). #2 is the decimal part, which we use as the
2128% percent of \hsize for this column.
2129\def\pickupwholefraction#1.#2 {%
2130 \global\advance\colcount by 1
2131 \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#2\hsize}%
2132 \setuptable
2133}
2134
2135\newcount\colcount
2136\def\setuptable#1{%
2137 \def\firstarg{#1}%
2138 \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable
2139 \let\go = \relax
2140 \else
2141 \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions
2142 \global\setpercenttrue
2143 \else
2144 \ifsetpercent
2145 \let\go\pickupwholefraction
2146 \else
2147 \global\advance\colcount by 1
2148 \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip }% Add a normal word space as a separator;
2149 % typically that is always in the input, anyway.
2150 \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
2151 \fi
2152 \fi
2153 \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
2154 % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
2155 % we'll always have a period there to be parsed.
2156 \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}%
2157 \else
2158 \let\go = \setuptable
2159 \fi%
2160 \fi
2161 \go
2162}
2163
2164% This used to have \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template line is
2165% not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just & until we
2166% encounter the problem it was intended to solve again.
2167% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
2168\def\tab{&}
2169
2170% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
2171%
2172\def\multitable{\parsearg\dotable}
2173\def\dotable#1{\bgroup
2174 \vskip\parskip
2175 \let\item\crcr
2176 \tolerance=9500
2177 \hbadness=9500
2178 \setmultitablespacing
2179 \parskip=\multitableparskip
2180 \parindent=\multitableparindent
2181 \overfullrule=0pt
2182 \global\colcount=0
2183 \def\Emultitable{\global\setpercentfalse\cr\egroup\egroup}%
2184 %
2185 % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
2186 \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
2187 %
2188 % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of
2189 % each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one.
2190 % The table preamble
2191 % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width.
2192 \everycr{\noalign{%
2193 %
2194 % \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
2195 % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table
2196 % breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the problem
2197 % manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
2198 \global\colcount=0\relax}}%
2199 %
2200 % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
2201 % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
2202 % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
2203 % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
2204 \halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax
2205 \multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
2206 %
2207 % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
2208 % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
2209 % the first one.
2210 %
2211 % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
2212 % to the width of each template entry.
2213 %
2214 % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
2215 % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
2216 % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at
2217 % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
2218 %
2219 % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
2220 \rightskip=0pt
2221 \ifnum\colcount=1
2222 % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
2223 \advance\hsize by\leftskip
2224 \else
2225 \ifsetpercent \else
2226 % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
2227 % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
2228 \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
2229 \fi
2230 % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
2231 \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
2232 \fi
2233 % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
2234 % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
2235 % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
2236 % For example:
2237 % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
2238 % @item @code{#}
2239 % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
2240 % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking
2241 % characters.
2242 \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr
2243}
2244
2245\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace.
2246% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on
2247% current baselineskip.
2248\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
2249\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
2250\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
2251%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders,
2252%% to keep lines equally spaced
2253\let\multistrut = \strut
2254\else
2255%% FIXME: what is \box0 supposed to be?
2256\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0
2257width0pt\relax} \fi
2258%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
2259%% table. If not, do nothing.
2260%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
2261\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
2262\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
2263\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
2264 %% than skip between lines in the table.
2265\fi%
2266\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
2267\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
2268\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
2269 %% than skip between lines in the table.
2270\fi}
2271
2272
2273\message{conditionals,}
2274% Prevent errors for section commands.
2275% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals.
2276\def\ignoresections{%
2277 \let\chapter=\relax
2278 \let\unnumbered=\relax
2279 \let\top=\relax
2280 \let\unnumberedsec=\relax
2281 \let\unnumberedsection=\relax
2282 \let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax
2283 \let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax
2284 \let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax
2285 \let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax
2286 \let\section=\relax
2287 \let\subsec=\relax
2288 \let\subsubsec=\relax
2289 \let\subsection=\relax
2290 \let\subsubsection=\relax
2291 \let\appendix=\relax
2292 \let\appendixsec=\relax
2293 \let\appendixsection=\relax
2294 \let\appendixsubsec=\relax
2295 \let\appendixsubsection=\relax
2296 \let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax
2297 \let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax
2298 \let\contents=\relax
2299 \let\smallbook=\relax
2300 \let\titlepage=\relax
2301}
2302
2303% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source
2304% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used
2305% incorrectly.
2306%
2307\def\ignoremorecommands{%
2308 \let\defcodeindex = \relax
2309 \let\defcv = \relax
2310 \let\deffn = \relax
2311 \let\deffnx = \relax
2312 \let\defindex = \relax
2313 \let\defivar = \relax
2314 \let\defmac = \relax
2315 \let\defmethod = \relax
2316 \let\defop = \relax
2317 \let\defopt = \relax
2318 \let\defspec = \relax
2319 \let\deftp = \relax
2320 \let\deftypefn = \relax
2321 \let\deftypefun = \relax
2322 \let\deftypeivar = \relax
2323 \let\deftypeop = \relax
2324 \let\deftypevar = \relax
2325 \let\deftypevr = \relax
2326 \let\defun = \relax
2327 \let\defvar = \relax
2328 \let\defvr = \relax
2329 \let\ref = \relax
2330 \let\xref = \relax
2331 \let\printindex = \relax
2332 \let\pxref = \relax
2333 \let\settitle = \relax
2334 \let\setchapternewpage = \relax
2335 \let\setchapterstyle = \relax
2336 \let\everyheading = \relax
2337 \let\evenheading = \relax
2338 \let\oddheading = \relax
2339 \let\everyfooting = \relax
2340 \let\evenfooting = \relax
2341 \let\oddfooting = \relax
2342 \let\headings = \relax
2343 \let\include = \relax
2344 \let\lowersections = \relax
2345 \let\down = \relax
2346 \let\raisesections = \relax
2347 \let\up = \relax
2348 \let\set = \relax
2349 \let\clear = \relax
2350 \let\item = \relax
2351}
2352
2353% Ignore @ignore ... @end ignore.
2354%
2355\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
2356
2357% Ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @ifnottex, @html, @menu, and @direntry text.
2358%
2359\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
2360\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
2361\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
2362\def\html{\doignore{html}}
2363\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
2364\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
2365
2366% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
2367% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
2368\let\dircategory = \comment
2369
2370% Ignore text until a line `@end #1'.
2371%
2372\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
2373 % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
2374 \ignoresections
2375 %
2376 % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'.
2377 % This @ is a catcode 12 token (that is the normal catcode of @ in
2378 % this texinfo.tex file). We change the catcode of @ below to match.
2379 \long\def\doignoretext##1@end #1{\enddoignore}%
2380 %
2381 % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
2382 \catcode32 = 10
2383 %
2384 % Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble.
2385 \catcode`\{ = 9
2386 \catcode`\} = 9
2387 %
2388 % We must not have @c interpreted as a control sequence.
2389 \catcode`\@ = 12
2390 %
2391 % Make the letter c a comment character so that the rest of the line
2392 % will be ignored. This way, the document can have (for example)
2393 % @c @end ifinfo
2394 % and the @end ifinfo will be properly ignored.
2395 % (We've just changed @ to catcode 12.)
2396 \catcode`\c = 14
2397 %
2398 % And now expand that command.
2399 \doignoretext
2400}
2401
2402% What we do to finish off ignored text.
2403%
2404\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
2405
2406\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse
2407\def\obstexwarn{%
2408 \ifwarnedobs\relax\else
2409 % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0.
2410 % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines.
2411 \immediate\write16{}
2412 \immediate\write16{WARNING: for users of Unix TeX 3.0!}
2413 \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).}
2414 \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.}
2415 \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.}
2416 \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.}
2417 \immediate\write16{ (See ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/TeX.README.)}
2418 \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the}
2419 \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution}
2420 \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.}
2421 \immediate\write16{}
2422 \global\warnedobstrue
2423 \fi
2424}
2425
2426% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a
2427% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed),
2428% uncomment the following line:
2429%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax
2430
2431% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for
2432% purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command.
2433%
2434\def\nestedignore#1{%
2435 \obstexwarn
2436 % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end
2437 % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the
2438 % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize
2439 % the change of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on
2440 % page 401 of the TeXbook: make the current font be a dummy font.
2441 %
2442 \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup
2443 % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
2444 \ignoresections
2445 %
2446 % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the
2447 % @end command again.
2448 \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}%
2449 %
2450 % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no
2451 % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do
2452 % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we
2453 % undefine them.
2454 %
2455 % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately;
2456 % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors.
2457 \ignoremorecommands
2458 %
2459 % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define
2460 % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use
2461 % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because not all sites
2462 % might have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still
2463 % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of
2464 % stuff compared to the main input.
2465 %
2466 \nullfont
2467 \let\tenrm=\nullfont \let\tenit=\nullfont \let\tensl=\nullfont
2468 \let\tenbf=\nullfont \let\tentt=\nullfont \let\smallcaps=\nullfont
2469 \let\tensf=\nullfont
2470 % Similarly for index fonts (mostly for their use in smallexample).
2471 \let\smallrm=\nullfont \let\smallit=\nullfont \let\smallsl=\nullfont
2472 \let\smallbf=\nullfont \let\smalltt=\nullfont \let\smallsc=\nullfont
2473 \let\smallsf=\nullfont
2474 %
2475 % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts.
2476 \tracinglostchars = 0
2477 %
2478 % Don't bother to do space factor calculations.
2479 \frenchspacing
2480 %
2481 % Don't report underfull hboxes.
2482 \hbadness = 10000
2483 %
2484 % Do minimal line-breaking.
2485 \pretolerance = 10000
2486 %
2487 % Do not execute instructions in @tex
2488 \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}%
2489 % Do not execute macro definitions.
2490 % `c' is a comment character, so the word `macro' will get cut off.
2491 \def\macro{\doignore{ma}}%
2492}
2493
2494% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
2495% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
2496%
2497% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
2498% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
2499% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
2500% didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid
2501% losing inside @example, for instance.
2502%
2503\def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10
2504 \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR.
2505 \parsearg\setxxx}
2506\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
2507\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
2508 \def\temp{#2}%
2509 \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty
2510 \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
2511 \fi
2512 \endgroup
2513}
2514% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or
2515% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into
2516% an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'.
2517\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}}
2518
2519% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
2520%
2521\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx}
2522\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax}
2523
2524% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
2525{
2526 \catcode`\_ = \active
2527 %
2528 % We might end up with active _ or - characters in the argument if
2529 % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}. So \let any
2530 % such active characters to their normal equivalents.
2531 \gdef\value{\begingroup
2532 \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12
2533 \indexbreaks \let_\normalunderscore
2534 \valuexxx}
2535}
2536\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
2537
2538% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
2539% properly in indexes (we \let\value to this in \indexdummies). Ones
2540% whose names contain - or _ still won't work, but we can't do anything
2541% about that. The command has to be fully expandable, since the result
2542% winds up in the index file. This means that if the variable's value
2543% contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain it will fail
2544% (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work to do a
2545% one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
2546%
2547\def\expandablevalue#1{%
2548 \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
2549 {[No value for ``#1'']}%
2550 \else
2551 \csname SET#1\endcsname
2552 \fi
2553}
2554
2555% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
2556% with @set.
2557%
2558\def\ifset{\parsearg\ifsetxxx}
2559\def\ifsetxxx #1{%
2560 \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
2561 \expandafter\ifsetfail
2562 \else
2563 \expandafter\ifsetsucceed
2564 \fi
2565}
2566\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}}
2567\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}}
2568\defineunmatchedend{ifset}
2569
2570% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
2571% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
2572%
2573\def\ifclear{\parsearg\ifclearxxx}
2574\def\ifclearxxx #1{%
2575 \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
2576 \expandafter\ifclearsucceed
2577 \else
2578 \expandafter\ifclearfail
2579 \fi
2580}
2581\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}}
2582\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}}
2583\defineunmatchedend{ifclear}
2584
2585% @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo always succeed; we read the text
2586% following, through the first @end iftex (etc.). Make `@end iftex'
2587% (etc.) valid only after an @iftex.
2588%
2589\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}}
2590\def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}}
2591\def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}}
2592\defineunmatchedend{iftex}
2593\defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml}
2594\defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo}
2595
2596% We can't just want to start a group at @iftex (for example) and end it
2597% at @end iftex, since then @set commands inside the conditional have no
2598% effect (they'd get reverted at the end of the group). So we must
2599% define \Eiftex to redefine itself to be its previous value. (We can't
2600% just define it to fail again with an ``unmatched end'' error, since
2601% the @ifset might be nested.)
2602%
2603\def\conditionalsucceed#1{%
2604 \edef\temp{%
2605 % Remember the current value of \E#1.
2606 \let\nece{prevE#1} = \nece{E#1}%
2607 %
2608 % At the `@end #1', redefine \E#1 to be its previous value.
2609 \def\nece{E#1}{\let\nece{E#1} = \nece{prevE#1}}%
2610 }%
2611 \temp
2612}
2613
2614% We need to expand lots of \csname's, but we don't want to expand the
2615% control sequences after we've constructed them.
2616%
2617\def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
2618
2619% @defininfoenclose.
2620\let\definfoenclose=\comment
2621
2622
2623\message{indexing,}
2624% Index generation facilities
2625
2626% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
2627% except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex.
2628{\catcode`\@=11
2629\gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}}
2630
2631% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
2632% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
2633% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
2634% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
2635% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo.
2636% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
2637% for the sake of vms.
2638%
2639\def\newindex#1{%
2640 \iflinks
2641 \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
2642 \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
2643 \fi
2644 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index
2645 \noexpand\doindex{#1}}
2646}
2647
2648% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo}
2649%
2650\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
2651
2652% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
2653%
2654\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
2655%
2656\def\newcodeindex#1{%
2657 \iflinks
2658 \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
2659 \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
2660 \fi
2661 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
2662 \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
2663}
2664
2665
2666% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar.
2667% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
2668%
2669% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo
2670% inside @code.
2671%
2672\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
2673\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
2674
2675% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
2676% #3 the target index (bar).
2677\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
2678 % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
2679 % closing the target index.
2680 \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined
2681 % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
2682 % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
2683 \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
2684 \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
2685 \fi
2686 % redefine \fooindfile:
2687 \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
2688 \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
2689 % redefine \fooindex:
2690 \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
2691}
2692
2693% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
2694% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
2695% and it is "foo", the name of the index.
2696
2697% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work.
2698% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros.
2699
2700% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
2701% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
2702
2703\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer}
2704\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
2705
2706% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
2707\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
2708\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
2709
2710\def\indexdummies{%
2711\def\ { }%
2712% Take care of the plain tex accent commands.
2713\def\"{\realbackslash "}%
2714\def\`{\realbackslash `}%
2715\def\'{\realbackslash '}%
2716\def\^{\realbackslash ^}%
2717\def\~{\realbackslash ~}%
2718\def\={\realbackslash =}%
2719\def\b{\realbackslash b}%
2720\def\c{\realbackslash c}%
2721\def\d{\realbackslash d}%
2722\def\u{\realbackslash u}%
2723\def\v{\realbackslash v}%
2724\def\H{\realbackslash H}%
2725% Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters.
2726\def\oe{\realbackslash oe}%
2727\def\ae{\realbackslash ae}%
2728\def\aa{\realbackslash aa}%
2729\def\OE{\realbackslash OE}%
2730\def\AE{\realbackslash AE}%
2731\def\AA{\realbackslash AA}%
2732\def\o{\realbackslash o}%
2733\def\O{\realbackslash O}%
2734\def\l{\realbackslash l}%
2735\def\L{\realbackslash L}%
2736\def\ss{\realbackslash ss}%
2737% Take care of texinfo commands likely to appear in an index entry.
2738% (Must be a way to avoid doing expansion at all, and thus not have to
2739% laboriously list every single command here.)
2740\def\@{@}% will be @@ when we switch to @ as escape char.
2741% Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
2742% But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
2743% braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
2744\let\{ = \mylbrace
2745\let\} = \myrbrace
2746\def\_{{\realbackslash _}}%
2747\def\w{\realbackslash w }%
2748\def\bf{\realbackslash bf }%
2749%\def\rm{\realbackslash rm }%
2750\def\sl{\realbackslash sl }%
2751\def\sf{\realbackslash sf}%
2752\def\tt{\realbackslash tt}%
2753\def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr}%
2754\def\less{\realbackslash less}%
2755\def\hat{\realbackslash hat}%
2756\def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX}%
2757\def\dots{\realbackslash dots }%
2758\def\result{\realbackslash result}%
2759\def\equiv{\realbackslash equiv}%
2760\def\expansion{\realbackslash expansion}%
2761\def\print{\realbackslash print}%
2762\def\error{\realbackslash error}%
2763\def\point{\realbackslash point}%
2764\def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright}%
2765\def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose {##1}}%
2766\def\code##1{\realbackslash code {##1}}%
2767\def\uref##1{\realbackslash uref {##1}}%
2768\def\url##1{\realbackslash url {##1}}%
2769\def\env##1{\realbackslash env {##1}}%
2770\def\command##1{\realbackslash command {##1}}%
2771\def\option##1{\realbackslash option {##1}}%
2772\def\dotless##1{\realbackslash dotless {##1}}%
2773\def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp {##1}}%
2774\def\,##1{\realbackslash ,{##1}}%
2775\def\t##1{\realbackslash t {##1}}%
2776\def\r##1{\realbackslash r {##1}}%
2777\def\i##1{\realbackslash i {##1}}%
2778\def\b##1{\realbackslash b {##1}}%
2779\def\sc##1{\realbackslash sc {##1}}%
2780\def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite {##1}}%
2781\def\key##1{\realbackslash key {##1}}%
2782\def\file##1{\realbackslash file {##1}}%
2783\def\var##1{\realbackslash var {##1}}%
2784\def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd {##1}}%
2785\def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn {##1}}%
2786\def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph {##1}}%
2787\def\acronym##1{\realbackslash acronym {##1}}%
2788%
2789% Handle some cases of @value -- where the variable name does not
2790% contain - or _, and the value does not contain any
2791% (non-fully-expandable) commands.
2792\let\value = \expandablevalue
2793%
2794\unsepspaces
2795% Turn off macro expansion
2796\turnoffmacros
2797}
2798
2799% If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
2800% therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
2801% expansion of \tie (\\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
2802{\obeyspaces
2803 \gdef\unsepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\space}}
2804
2805% \indexnofonts no-ops all font-change commands.
2806% This is used when outputting the strings to sort the index by.
2807\def\indexdummyfont#1{#1}
2808\def\indexdummytex{TeX}
2809\def\indexdummydots{...}
2810
2811\def\indexnofonts{%
2812% Just ignore accents.
2813\let\,=\indexdummyfont
2814\let\"=\indexdummyfont
2815\let\`=\indexdummyfont
2816\let\'=\indexdummyfont
2817\let\^=\indexdummyfont
2818\let\~=\indexdummyfont
2819\let\==\indexdummyfont
2820\let\b=\indexdummyfont
2821\let\c=\indexdummyfont
2822\let\d=\indexdummyfont
2823\let\u=\indexdummyfont
2824\let\v=\indexdummyfont
2825\let\H=\indexdummyfont
2826\let\dotless=\indexdummyfont
2827% Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters.
2828\def\oe{oe}%
2829\def\ae{ae}%
2830\def\aa{aa}%
2831\def\OE{OE}%
2832\def\AE{AE}%
2833\def\AA{AA}%
2834\def\o{o}%
2835\def\O{O}%
2836\def\l{l}%
2837\def\L{L}%
2838\def\ss{ss}%
2839\let\w=\indexdummyfont
2840\let\t=\indexdummyfont
2841\let\r=\indexdummyfont
2842\let\i=\indexdummyfont
2843\let\b=\indexdummyfont
2844\let\emph=\indexdummyfont
2845\let\strong=\indexdummyfont
2846\let\cite=\indexdummyfont
2847\let\sc=\indexdummyfont
2848%Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
2849% and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |...
2850%\let\tt=\indexdummyfont
2851\let\tclose=\indexdummyfont
2852\let\code=\indexdummyfont
2853\let\url=\indexdummyfont
2854\let\uref=\indexdummyfont
2855\let\env=\indexdummyfont
2856\let\acronym=\indexdummyfont
2857\let\command=\indexdummyfont
2858\let\option=\indexdummyfont
2859\let\file=\indexdummyfont
2860\let\samp=\indexdummyfont
2861\let\kbd=\indexdummyfont
2862\let\key=\indexdummyfont
2863\let\var=\indexdummyfont
2864\let\TeX=\indexdummytex
2865\let\dots=\indexdummydots
2866\def\@{@}%
2867}
2868
2869% To define \realbackslash, we must make \ not be an escape.
2870% We must first make another character (@) an escape
2871% so we do not become unable to do a definition.
2872
2873{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other
2874 @gdef@realbackslash{\}}
2875
2876\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex.
2877\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
2878
2879% For \ifx comparisons.
2880\def\emptymacro{\empty}
2881
2882% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
2883%
2884\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}\empty}
2885
2886% Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
2887% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
2888% \empty if called from \doind, as we usually are. The main exception
2889% is with defuns, which call us directly.
2890%
2891\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
2892 % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
2893 \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
2894 \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}%
2895 \fi
2896 {%
2897 \count255=\lastpenalty
2898 {%
2899 \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
2900 \escapechar=`\\
2901 {%
2902 \let\folio = 0% We will expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio.
2903 \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
2904 % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
2905 %
2906 \def\thirdarg{#3}%
2907 %
2908 % If third arg is present, precede it with space in sort key.
2909 \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro
2910 \let\subentry = \empty
2911 \else
2912 \def\subentry{ #3}%
2913 \fi
2914 %
2915 % First process the index entry with all font commands turned
2916 % off to get the string to sort by.
2917 {\indexnofonts \xdef\indexsorttmp{#2\subentry}}%
2918 %
2919 % Now the real index entry with the fonts.
2920 \toks0 = {#2}%
2921 %
2922 % If the third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index
2923 % line to write.
2924 \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else
2925 \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0{#3}}%
2926 \fi
2927 %
2928 % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
2929 % the original text, including any font commands. We write
2930 % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
2931 % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
2932 % sorted result.
2933 \edef\temp{%
2934 \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{%
2935 \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
2936 }%
2937 %
2938 % If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
2939 % by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
2940 % the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
2941 % \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences
2942 % like this:
2943 % @end defun
2944 % @tindex whatever
2945 % @defun ...
2946 % will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
2947 % start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
2948 % the previous defun.
2949 %
2950 % But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We
2951 % don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
2952 %
2953 % Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
2954 %
2955 \iflinks
2956 \ifvmode
2957 \skip0 = \lastskip
2958 \ifdim\lastskip = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip-\lastskip \fi
2959 \fi
2960 %
2961 \temp % do the write
2962 %
2963 %
2964 \ifvmode \ifdim\skip0 = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip\skip0 \fi \fi
2965 \fi
2966 }%
2967 }%
2968 \penalty\count255
2969 }%
2970}
2971
2972% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
2973% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
2974% or
2975% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
2976% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
2977% containing these kinds of lines:
2978% \initial {c}
2979% before the first topic whose initial is c
2980% \entry {topic}{pagelist}
2981% for a topic that is used without subtopics
2982% \primary {topic}
2983% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
2984% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
2985% for each subtopic.
2986
2987% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
2988% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
2989
2990\def\findex {\fnindex}
2991\def\kindex {\kyindex}
2992\def\cindex {\cpindex}
2993\def\vindex {\vrindex}
2994\def\tindex {\tpindex}
2995\def\pindex {\pgindex}
2996
2997\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub}
2998{\obeylines %
2999\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup %
3000\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}}
3001
3002% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
3003
3004% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
3005% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
3006%
3007\def\printindex{\parsearg\doprintindex}
3008\def\doprintindex#1{\begingroup
3009 \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
3010 %
3011 \smallfonts \rm
3012 \tolerance = 9500
3013 \indexbreaks
3014 %
3015 % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
3016 % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
3017 % \initial {@}
3018 % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
3019 % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence).
3020 \catcode`\@ = 11
3021 \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
3022 \ifeof 1
3023 % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
3024 % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
3025 % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
3026 % there is some text.
3027 \putwordIndexNonexistent
3028 \else
3029 %
3030 % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
3031 % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
3032 % it can discover if there is anything in it.
3033 \read 1 to \temp
3034 \ifeof 1
3035 \putwordIndexIsEmpty
3036 \else
3037 % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
3038 % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
3039 % to make right now.
3040 \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}%
3041 \catcode`\\ = 0
3042 \escapechar = `\\
3043 \begindoublecolumns
3044 \input \jobname.#1s
3045 \enddoublecolumns
3046 \fi
3047 \fi
3048 \closein 1
3049\endgroup}
3050
3051% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
3052% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
3053
3054\def\initial#1{{%
3055 % Some minor font changes for the special characters.
3056 \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
3057 %
3058 % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
3059 \removelastskip
3060 %
3061 % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
3062 \penalty -300
3063 %
3064 % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of
3065 % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
3066 % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
3067 % we need before each entry, but it's better.
3068 %
3069 % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
3070 \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
3071 \leftline{\secbf #1}%
3072 \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
3073 %
3074 % Do our best not to break after the initial.
3075 \nobreak
3076}}
3077
3078% This typesets a paragraph consisting of #1, dot leaders, and then #2
3079% flush to the right margin. It is used for index and table of contents
3080% entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
3081%
3082\def\entry#1#2{\begingroup
3083 %
3084 % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
3085 % affect previous text.
3086 \par
3087 %
3088 % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
3089 \parfillskip = 0in
3090 %
3091 % No extra space above this paragraph.
3092 \parskip = 0in
3093 %
3094 % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
3095 \finalhyphendemerits = 0
3096 %
3097 % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
3098 % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the
3099 % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large
3100 % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
3101 % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
3102 %
3103 % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
3104 % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
3105 \hangindent = 2em
3106 %
3107 % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
3108 % with blank space.
3109 \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
3110 %
3111 % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing columns.
3112 \vskip 0pt plus1pt
3113 %
3114 % Start a ``paragraph'' for the index entry so the line breaking
3115 % parameters we've set above will have an effect.
3116 \noindent
3117 %
3118 % Insert the text of the index entry. TeX will do line-breaking on it.
3119 #1%
3120 % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
3121 % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be
3122 % cursed by a Unix daemon.
3123 \def\tempa{{\rm }}%
3124 \def\tempb{#2}%
3125 \edef\tempc{\tempa}%
3126 \edef\tempd{\tempb}%
3127 \ifx\tempc\tempd\ \else%
3128 %
3129 % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
3130 % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
3131 % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
3132 \hfil\penalty50
3133 \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
3134 %
3135 % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
3136 % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull
3137 % \hbox ensues.
3138 \ifpdf
3139 \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
3140 \else
3141 \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph.
3142 \fi
3143 \fi%
3144 \par
3145\endgroup}
3146
3147% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em.
3148\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
3149 \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
3150
3151\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
3152
3153\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
3154\def\secondary#1#2{{%
3155 \parfillskip=0in
3156 \parskip=0in
3157 \hangindent=1in
3158 \hangafter=1
3159 \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill
3160 \ifpdf
3161 \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
3162 \else
3163 #2
3164 \fi
3165 \par
3166}}
3167
3168% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
3169% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
3170% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
3171\catcode`\@=11
3172
3173\newbox\partialpage
3174\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
3175
3176\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
3177 % Grab any single-column material above us.
3178 \output = {%
3179 %
3180 % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a
3181 % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output
3182 % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is
3183 % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In
3184 % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal
3185 % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this
3186 % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case.
3187 \ifvoid\partialpage \else
3188 \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}%
3189 \fi
3190 %
3191 \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
3192 % Unvbox the main output page.
3193 \unvbox\PAGE
3194 \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
3195 }%
3196 }%
3197 \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
3198 %
3199 % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
3200 \output = {\doublecolumnout}%
3201 %
3202 % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this
3203 % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
3204 % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple
3205 % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
3206 % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place.
3207 %
3208 % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
3209 % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
3210 % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant
3211 % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt)
3212 % as it did when we hard-coded it.
3213 %
3214 % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
3215 % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
3216 % been clobbered.
3217 %
3218 \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
3219 \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
3220 \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
3221 \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
3222 %
3223 % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here,
3224 % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
3225 \vsize = 2\vsize
3226}
3227
3228% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
3229% the last.
3230%
3231\def\doublecolumnout{%
3232 \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
3233 % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
3234 % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
3235 % previous page.
3236 \dimen@ = \vsize
3237 \divide\dimen@ by 2
3238 \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
3239 %
3240 % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
3241 \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
3242 \onepageout\pagesofar
3243 \unvbox255
3244 \penalty\outputpenalty
3245}
3246%
3247% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
3248% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
3249\def\pagesofar{%
3250 \unvbox\partialpage
3251 %
3252 \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
3253 \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
3254 \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
3255}
3256%
3257% All done with double columns.
3258\def\enddoublecolumns{%
3259 \output = {%
3260 % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the
3261 % current page, no automatic page break.
3262 \balancecolumns
3263 %
3264 % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page,
3265 % though, there will be another page break right after this \output
3266 % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
3267 % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal
3268 % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be
3269 % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes
3270 % the output somewhat more palatable.)
3271 \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}%
3272 }%
3273 \eject
3274 \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
3275 %
3276 % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
3277 % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column
3278 % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the
3279 % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
3280 \pagegoal = \vsize
3281}
3282%
3283% Called at the end of the double column material.
3284\def\balancecolumns{%
3285 \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
3286 \dimen@ = \ht0
3287 \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
3288 \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
3289 \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
3290 %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}%
3291 \splittopskip = \topskip
3292 % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint.
3293 {%
3294 \vbadness = 10000
3295 \loop
3296 \global\setbox3 = \copy0
3297 \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
3298 \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@
3299 \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
3300 \repeat
3301 }%
3302 %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}%
3303 \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}%
3304 \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}%
3305 %
3306 \pagesofar
3307}
3308\catcode`\@ = \other
3309
3310
3311\message{sectioning,}
3312% Chapters, sections, etc.
3313
3314\newcount\chapno
3315\newcount\secno \secno=0
3316\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0
3317\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0
3318
3319% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
3320\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@
3321% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
3322% We do the following for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
3323% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
3324\def\appendixletter{%
3325 \ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
3326 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
3327 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
3328 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
3329 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E%
3330 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F%
3331 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G%
3332 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H%
3333 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I%
3334 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J%
3335 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K%
3336 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L%
3337 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M%
3338 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N%
3339 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O%
3340 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P%
3341 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q%
3342 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R%
3343 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S%
3344 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T%
3345 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U%
3346 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V%
3347 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W%
3348 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X%
3349 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y%
3350 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z%
3351 % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is
3352 % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not
3353 % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out
3354 % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
3355 \else\char\the\appendixno
3356 \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
3357 \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
3358
3359% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
3360% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise.
3361\def\thischapter{}
3362\def\thissection{}
3363
3364\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
3365\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raise/lowersections modify this count
3366
3367% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
3368\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
3369\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name
3370
3371% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
3372\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
3373\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
3374
3375% Choose a numbered-heading macro
3376% #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections
3377% #2 is text for heading
3378\def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
3379\ifcase\absseclevel
3380 \chapterzzz{#2}
3381\or
3382 \seczzz{#2}
3383\or
3384 \numberedsubseczzz{#2}
3385\or
3386 \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
3387\else
3388 \ifnum \absseclevel<0
3389 \chapterzzz{#2}
3390 \else
3391 \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
3392 \fi
3393\fi
3394}
3395
3396% like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels
3397\def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
3398\ifcase\absseclevel
3399 \appendixzzz{#2}
3400\or
3401 \appendixsectionzzz{#2}
3402\or
3403 \appendixsubseczzz{#2}
3404\or
3405 \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}
3406\else
3407 \ifnum \absseclevel<0
3408 \appendixzzz{#2}
3409 \else
3410 \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}
3411 \fi
3412\fi
3413}
3414
3415% like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels
3416\def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
3417\ifcase\absseclevel
3418 \unnumberedzzz{#2}
3419\or
3420 \unnumberedseczzz{#2}
3421\or
3422 \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2}
3423\or
3424 \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
3425\else
3426 \ifnum \absseclevel<0
3427 \unnumberedzzz{#2}
3428 \else
3429 \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
3430 \fi
3431\fi
3432}
3433
3434% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered.
3435\def\thischaptername{No Chapter Title}
3436\outer\def\chapter{\parsearg\chapteryyy}
3437\def\chapteryyy #1{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
3438\def\chapterzzz #1{%
3439\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
3440\global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}%
3441\chapmacro {#1}{\the\chapno}%
3442\gdef\thissection{#1}%
3443\gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
3444% We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter
3445% because we don't want its macros evaluated now.
3446\xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: \noexpand\thischaptername}%
3447\toks0 = {#1}%
3448\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}%
3449 {\the\chapno}}}%
3450\temp
3451\donoderef
3452\global\let\section = \numberedsec
3453\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
3454\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
3455}
3456
3457\outer\def\appendix{\parsearg\appendixyyy}
3458\def\appendixyyy #1{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
3459\def\appendixzzz #1{%
3460\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
3461\global\advance \appendixno by 1
3462\message{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}%
3463\chapmacro {#1}{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}%
3464\gdef\thissection{#1}%
3465\gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
3466\xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: \noexpand\thischaptername}%
3467\toks0 = {#1}%
3468\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}%
3469 {\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}}}%
3470\temp
3471\appendixnoderef
3472\global\let\section = \appendixsec
3473\global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
3474\global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
3475}
3476
3477% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
3478\outer\def\centerchap{\parsearg\centerchapyyy}
3479\def\centerchapyyy #1{{\let\unnumbchapmacro=\centerchapmacro \unnumberedyyy{#1}}}
3480
3481% @top is like @unnumbered.
3482\outer\def\top{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy}
3483
3484\outer\def\unnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy}
3485\def\unnumberedyyy #1{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
3486\def\unnumberedzzz #1{%
3487\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
3488%
3489% This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
3490% argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
3491% expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
3492% expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
3493% to be executed, not expanded).
3494%
3495% Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
3496% as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use
3497% \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
3498% simply yielding the contents of <toks register>. (We also do this for
3499% the toc entries.)
3500\toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}%
3501%
3502\unnumbchapmacro {#1}%
3503\gdef\thischapter{#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
3504\toks0 = {#1}%
3505\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbchapentry{\the\toks0}}}%
3506\temp
3507\unnumbnoderef
3508\global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
3509\global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
3510\global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
3511}
3512
3513% Sections.
3514\outer\def\numberedsec{\parsearg\secyyy}
3515\def\secyyy #1{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
3516\def\seczzz #1{%
3517\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 %
3518\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}%
3519\toks0 = {#1}%
3520\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash secentry{\the\toks0}%
3521 {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}}}%
3522\temp
3523\donoderef
3524\nobreak
3525}
3526
3527\outer\def\appendixsection{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy}
3528\outer\def\appendixsec{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy}
3529\def\appendixsecyyy #1{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
3530\def\appendixsectionzzz #1{%
3531\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 %
3532\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}%
3533\toks0 = {#1}%
3534\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash secentry{\the\toks0}%
3535 {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}}}%
3536\temp
3537\appendixnoderef
3538\nobreak
3539}
3540
3541\outer\def\unnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsecyyy}
3542\def\unnumberedsecyyy #1{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
3543\def\unnumberedseczzz #1{%
3544\plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
3545\toks0 = {#1}%
3546\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsecentry{\the\toks0}}}%
3547\temp
3548\unnumbnoderef
3549\nobreak
3550}
3551
3552% Subsections.
3553\outer\def\numberedsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsecyyy}
3554\def\numberedsubsecyyy #1{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
3555\def\numberedsubseczzz #1{%
3556\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 %
3557\subsecheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}%
3558\toks0 = {#1}%
3559\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsecentry{\the\toks0}%
3560 {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}}%
3561\temp
3562\donoderef
3563\nobreak
3564}
3565
3566\outer\def\appendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsecyyy}
3567\def\appendixsubsecyyy #1{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
3568\def\appendixsubseczzz #1{%
3569\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 %
3570\subsecheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}%
3571\toks0 = {#1}%
3572\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsecentry{\the\toks0}%
3573 {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}}%
3574\temp
3575\appendixnoderef
3576\nobreak
3577}
3578
3579\outer\def\unnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsecyyy}
3580\def\unnumberedsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
3581\def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{%
3582\plainsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
3583\toks0 = {#1}%
3584\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsubsecentry%
3585 {\the\toks0}}}%
3586\temp
3587\unnumbnoderef
3588\nobreak
3589}
3590
3591% Subsubsections.
3592\outer\def\numberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsubsecyyy}
3593\def\numberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
3594\def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{%
3595\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 %
3596\subsubsecheading {#1}
3597 {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}%
3598\toks0 = {#1}%
3599\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0}%
3600 {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}}%
3601\temp
3602\donoderef
3603\nobreak
3604}
3605
3606\outer\def\appendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubsecyyy}
3607\def\appendixsubsubsecyyy #1{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
3608\def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{%
3609\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 %
3610\subsubsecheading {#1}
3611 {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}%
3612\toks0 = {#1}%
3613\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0}%
3614 {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}}%
3615\temp
3616\appendixnoderef
3617\nobreak
3618}
3619
3620\outer\def\unnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy}
3621\def\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
3622\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{%
3623\plainsubsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
3624\toks0 = {#1}%
3625\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsubsubsecentry%
3626 {\the\toks0}}}%
3627\temp
3628\unnumbnoderef
3629\nobreak
3630}
3631
3632% These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo.
3633% Actually, they should now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work.
3634\def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
3635\def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
3636\def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz}
3637\def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz}
3638\def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz}
3639
3640\def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz}
3641\def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz}
3642\def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz}
3643\def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz}
3644
3645\def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz}
3646\def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz}
3647\def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz}
3648\def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz}
3649
3650% These macros control what the section commands do, according
3651% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
3652% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
3653\global\let\section = \numberedsec
3654\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
3655\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
3656
3657% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
3658
3659% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such:
3660% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit
3661% overlong headings to fold.
3662% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a
3663% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it.
3664% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and
3665% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright.
3666
3667
3668\def\majorheading{\parsearg\majorheadingzzz}
3669\def\majorheadingzzz #1{%
3670{\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
3671{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
3672 \parindent=0pt\raggedright
3673 \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200}
3674
3675\def\chapheading{\parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
3676\def\chapheadingzzz #1{\chapbreak %
3677{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
3678 \parindent=0pt\raggedright
3679 \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200}
3680
3681% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
3682\def\heading{\parsearg\plainsecheading}
3683\def\subheading{\parsearg\plainsubsecheading}
3684\def\subsubheading{\parsearg\plainsubsubsecheading}
3685
3686% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
3687% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
3688% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
3689
3690%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
3691\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
3692
3693\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
3694
3695%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
3696% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
3697
3698\newskip\chapheadingskip
3699
3700\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
3701\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
3702\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi}
3703
3704\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
3705
3706\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
3707\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
3708\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
3709\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager}
3710
3711\def\CHAPPAGon{%
3712\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
3713\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
3714\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
3715\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
3716
3717\def\CHAPPAGodd{
3718\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
3719\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
3720\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
3721\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
3722
3723\CHAPPAGon
3724
3725\def\CHAPFplain{
3726\global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain
3727\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfplain
3728\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain}
3729
3730% Plain chapter opening.
3731% #1 is the text, #2 the chapter number or empty if unnumbered.
3732\def\chfplain#1#2{%
3733 \pchapsepmacro
3734 {%
3735 \chapfonts \rm
3736 \def\chapnum{#2}%
3737 \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\chapnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}%
3738 \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
3739 \hangindent = \wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
3740 \unhbox0 #1\par}%
3741 }%
3742 \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
3743 \nobreak
3744}
3745
3746% Plain opening for unnumbered.
3747\def\unnchfplain#1{\chfplain{#1}{}}
3748
3749% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
3750\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
3751\def\centerchfplain#1{{%
3752 \def\centerparametersmaybe{%
3753 \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
3754 \leftskip = \rightskip
3755 \parfillskip = 0pt
3756 }%
3757 \chfplain{#1}{}%
3758}}
3759
3760\CHAPFplain % The default
3761
3762\def\unnchfopen #1{%
3763\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
3764 \parindent=0pt\raggedright
3765 \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
3766}
3767
3768\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
3769\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
3770\par\penalty 5000 %
3771}
3772
3773\def\centerchfopen #1{%
3774\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
3775 \parindent=0pt
3776 \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
3777}
3778
3779\def\CHAPFopen{
3780\global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
3781\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfopen
3782\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
3783
3784
3785% Section titles.
3786\newskip\secheadingskip
3787\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip {-1000}}
3788\def\secheading#1#2#3{\sectionheading{sec}{#2.#3}{#1}}
3789\def\plainsecheading#1{\sectionheading{sec}{}{#1}}
3790
3791% Subsection titles.
3792\newskip \subsecheadingskip
3793\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip {-500}}
3794\def\subsecheading#1#2#3#4{\sectionheading{subsec}{#2.#3.#4}{#1}}
3795\def\plainsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsec}{}{#1}}
3796
3797% Subsubsection titles.
3798\let\subsubsecheadingskip = \subsecheadingskip
3799\let\subsubsecheadingbreak = \subsecheadingbreak
3800\def\subsubsecheading#1#2#3#4#5{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{#2.#3.#4.#5}{#1}}
3801\def\plainsubsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{}{#1}}
3802
3803
3804% Print any size section title.
3805%
3806% #1 is the section type (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #2 is the section
3807% number (maybe empty), #3 the text.
3808\def\sectionheading#1#2#3{%
3809 {%
3810 \expandafter\advance\csname #1headingskip\endcsname by \parskip
3811 \csname #1headingbreak\endcsname
3812 }%
3813 {%
3814 % Switch to the right set of fonts.
3815 \csname #1fonts\endcsname \rm
3816 %
3817 % Only insert the separating space if we have a section number.
3818 \def\secnum{#2}%
3819 \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\secnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}%
3820 %
3821 \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
3822 \hangindent = \wd0 % zero if no section number
3823 \unhbox0 #3}%
3824 }%
3825 \ifdim\parskip<10pt \nobreak\kern10pt\nobreak\kern-\parskip\fi \nobreak
3826}
3827
3828
3829\message{toc,}
3830% Table of contents.
3831\newwrite\tocfile
3832
3833% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
3834% Called from @chapter, etc. We supply {\folio} at the end of the
3835% argument, which will end up as the last argument to the \...entry macro.
3836%
3837% We open the .toc file here instead of at @setfilename or any other
3838% given time so that @contents can be put in the document anywhere.
3839%
3840\newif\iftocfileopened
3841\def\writetocentry#1{%
3842 \iftocfileopened\else
3843 \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
3844 \global\tocfileopenedtrue
3845 \fi
3846 \iflinks \write\tocfile{#1{\folio}}\fi
3847}
3848
3849\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
3850\newcount\savepageno
3851\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
3852
3853% Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written
3854% to \tocfile.
3855%
3856\def\startcontents#1{%
3857 % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
3858 % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain
3859 % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
3860 % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se>
3861 \contentsalignmacro
3862 \immediate\closeout\tocfile
3863 %
3864 % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
3865 % It is abundantly clear what they are.
3866 \unnumbchapmacro{#1}\def\thischapter{}%
3867 \savepageno = \pageno
3868 \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
3869 \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11
3870 % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section
3871 % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation. --karl, 9jul97.
3872 %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi
3873 \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
3874 \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
3875 %
3876 % Roman numerals for page numbers.
3877 \ifnum \pageno>0 \pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
3878}
3879
3880
3881% Normal (long) toc.
3882\def\contents{%
3883 \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
3884 \openin 1 \jobname.toc
3885 \ifeof 1 \else
3886 \closein 1
3887 \input \jobname.toc
3888 \fi
3889 \vfill \eject
3890 \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
3891 \pdfmakeoutlines
3892 \endgroup
3893 \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
3894 \pageno = \savepageno
3895}
3896
3897% And just the chapters.
3898\def\summarycontents{%
3899 \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
3900 %
3901 \let\chapentry = \shortchapentry
3902 \let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry
3903 % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
3904 \secfonts
3905 \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf \let\sl=\shortcontsl
3906 \rm
3907 \hyphenpenalty = 10000
3908 \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
3909 \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{}
3910 \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{}
3911 \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{}
3912 \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{}
3913 \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{}
3914 \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{}
3915 \openin 1 \jobname.toc
3916 \ifeof 1 \else
3917 \closein 1
3918 \input \jobname.toc
3919 \fi
3920 \vfill \eject
3921 \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
3922 \endgroup
3923 \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
3924 \pageno = \savepageno
3925}
3926\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
3927
3928\ifpdf
3929 \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}%
3930\fi
3931
3932% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
3933% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
3934% The last argument is the page number.
3935% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
3936
3937% Chapter-level things, for both the long and short contents.
3938\def\chapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#3}}
3939
3940% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings
3941\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{%
3942 \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#3\egroup}%
3943}
3944
3945% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
3946% The arg is, e.g. `Appendix A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
3947% We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry
3948% command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry
3949% for both, but it doesn't seem worth it.
3950%
3951\newdimen\shortappendixwidth
3952%
3953\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
3954 % Compute width of word "Appendix", may change with language.
3955 \setbox0 = \hbox{\shortcontrm \putwordAppendix}%
3956 \shortappendixwidth = \wd0
3957 %
3958 % We typeset #1 in a box of constant width, regardless of the text of
3959 % #1, so the chapter titles will come out aligned.
3960 \setbox0 = \hbox{#1}%
3961 \dimen0 = \ifdim\wd0 > \shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth \else 0pt \fi
3962 %
3963 % This space should be plenty, since a single number is .5em, and the
3964 % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
3965 % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
3966 % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
3967 \advance\dimen0 by 1.1em
3968 \hbox to \dimen0{#1\hfil}%
3969}
3970
3971\def\unnumbchapentry#1#2{\dochapentry{#1}{#2}}
3972\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#2\egroup}}
3973
3974% Sections.
3975\def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}}
3976\def\unnumbsecentry#1#2{\dosecentry{#1}{#2}}
3977
3978% Subsections.
3979\def\subsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#2.#3.#4\labelspace#1}{#5}}
3980\def\unnumbsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#2}}
3981
3982% And subsubsections.
3983\def\subsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
3984 \dosubsubsecentry{#2.#3.#4.#5\labelspace#1}{#6}}
3985\def\unnumbsubsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#2}}
3986
3987% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
3988\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 3pc
3989
3990% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
3991% page number.
3992%
3993% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
3994% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
3995\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
3996 \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
3997 \begingroup
3998 \chapentryfonts
3999 \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
4000 \endgroup
4001 \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
4002}
4003
4004\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
4005 \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
4006 \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
4007\endgroup}
4008
4009\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
4010 \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
4011 \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
4012\endgroup}
4013
4014\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
4015 \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
4016 \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
4017\endgroup}
4018
4019% Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for
4020% the index entries, but we want to suppress hyphenation here. (We
4021% can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist
4022% of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.)
4023\def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup
4024 \vskip 0pt plus1pt % allow a little stretch for the sake of nice page breaks
4025 % Do not use \turnoffactive in these arguments. Since the toc is
4026 % typeset in cmr, so characters such as _ would come out wrong; we
4027 % have to do the usual translation tricks.
4028 \entry{#1}{#2}%
4029\endgroup}
4030
4031% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
4032\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
4033
4034\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
4035\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
4036
4037\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
4038\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
4039\let\subsecentryfonts = \textfonts
4040\let\subsubsecentryfonts = \textfonts
4041
4042
4043\message{environments,}
4044% @foo ... @end foo.
4045
4046% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of
4047% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
4048% Furthermore, these definitions must come after we define our fonts.
4049\newbox\dblarrowbox \newbox\longdblarrowbox
4050\newbox\pushcharbox \newbox\bullbox
4051\newbox\equivbox \newbox\errorbox
4052
4053%{\tentt
4054%\global\setbox\dblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}
4055%\global\setbox\longdblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}
4056%\global\setbox\pushcharbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}
4057%\global\setbox\equivbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}
4058% Adapted from the manmac format (p.420 of TeXbook)
4059%\global\setbox\bullbox = \hbox to 1em{\kern.15em\vrule height .75ex width .85ex
4060% depth .1ex\hfil}
4061%}
4062
4063% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
4064\def\point{$\star$}
4065\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
4066\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
4067\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
4068\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
4069
4070% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
4071{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
4072\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
4073% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
4074\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt}
4075
4076\global\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
4077 \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
4078 \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
4079 \vbox{
4080 \hrule height\dimen2
4081 \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text.
4082 \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
4083 \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
4084 \hrule height\dimen2}
4085 \hfil}
4086
4087% The @error{} command.
4088\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
4089
4090% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily.
4091% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
4092% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
4093
4094\def\tex{\begingroup
4095 \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
4096 \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
4097 \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=13 \let~=\tie
4098 \catcode `\%=14
4099 \catcode 43=12 % plus
4100 \catcode`\"=12
4101 \catcode`\==12
4102 \catcode`\|=12
4103 \catcode`\<=12
4104 \catcode`\>=12
4105 \escapechar=`\\
4106 %
4107 \let\b=\ptexb
4108 \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
4109 \let\c=\ptexc
4110 \let\,=\ptexcomma
4111 \let\.=\ptexdot
4112 \let\dots=\ptexdots
4113 \let\equiv=\ptexequiv
4114 \let\!=\ptexexclam
4115 \let\i=\ptexi
4116 \let\{=\ptexlbrace
4117 \let\+=\tabalign
4118 \let\}=\ptexrbrace
4119 \let\*=\ptexstar
4120 \let\t=\ptext
4121 %
4122 \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
4123 \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
4124 \def\@{@}%
4125\let\Etex=\endgroup}
4126
4127% Define @lisp ... @endlisp.
4128% @lisp does a \begingroup so it can rebind things,
4129% including the definition of @endlisp (which normally is erroneous).
4130
4131% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
4132\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
4133
4134% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
4135% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
4136% have any width.
4137\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
4138
4139% Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
4140% space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
4141% is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
4142% should produce a line of output anyway.
4143%
4144{\obeyspaces %
4145\gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}}
4146
4147% Define \obeyedspace to be our active space, whatever it is. This is
4148% for use in \parsearg.
4149{\sepspaces%
4150\global\let\obeyedspace= }
4151
4152% This space is always present above and below environments.
4153\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
4154
4155% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here
4156% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
4157% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
4158% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip
4159%
4160\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
4161 \ifnum\lastpenalty < 10000
4162 \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
4163 \endgraf
4164 \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
4165 \removelastskip
4166 \penalty-50
4167 \vskip\envskipamount
4168 \fi
4169 \fi
4170}}
4171
4172\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
4173
4174% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins.
4175\let\nonarrowing=\relax
4176
4177% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
4178% environment contents.
4179\font\circle=lcircle10
4180\newdimen\circthick
4181\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
4182\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
4183\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
4184%
4185\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
4186\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
4187\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
4188\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
4189\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
4190 \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
4191 \hskip\rskip}}
4192\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
4193 \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
4194 \hskip\rskip}}
4195%
4196\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
4197
4198\long\def\cartouche{%
4199\begingroup
4200 \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
4201 \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt %we want these *outside*.
4202 \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
4203 \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
4204 \cartouter=\hsize
4205 \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
4206% side, and for 6pt waste from
4207% each corner char, and rule thickness
4208 \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
4209 % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
4210 \let\nonarrowing=\comment
4211 \vbox\bgroup
4212 \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
4213 \carttop
4214 \hbox\bgroup
4215 \hskip\lskip
4216 \vrule\kern3pt
4217 \vbox\bgroup
4218 \hsize=\cartinner
4219 \kern3pt
4220 \begingroup
4221 \baselineskip=\normbskip
4222 \lineskip=\normlskip
4223 \parskip=\normpskip
4224 \vskip -\parskip
4225\def\Ecartouche{%
4226 \endgroup
4227 \kern3pt
4228 \egroup
4229 \kern3pt\vrule
4230 \hskip\rskip
4231 \egroup
4232 \cartbot
4233 \egroup
4234\endgroup
4235}}
4236
4237
4238% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
4239% inside a group.
4240\def\nonfillstart{%
4241 \aboveenvbreak
4242 \inENV % This group ends at the end of the body
4243 \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
4244 \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
4245 \singlespace
4246 \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
4247 \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
4248 \parskip = 0pt
4249 \parindent = 0pt
4250 \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
4251 % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing
4252 % at next level down.
4253 \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
4254 \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
4255 \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
4256 \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
4257 \let\nonarrowing=\relax
4258 \fi
4259}
4260
4261% Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the particular
4262% environment, so the error checking in \end will work.
4263%
4264% To end an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph (via
4265% \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we keep
4266% the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue will be
4267% inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the document, after
4268% the environment.
4269%
4270\def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup}
4271
4272% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font.
4273\def\lisp{\begingroup
4274 \nonfillstart
4275 \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish
4276 \tt
4277 \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
4278 \gobble % eat return
4279}
4280
4281% @example: Same as @lisp.
4282\def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
4283
4284% @small... is usually equivalent to the non-small (@smallbook
4285% redefines). We must call \example (or whatever) last in the
4286% definition, since it reads the return following the @example (or
4287% whatever) command.
4288%
4289% This actually allows (for example) @end display inside an
4290% @smalldisplay. Too bad, but makeinfo will catch the error anyway.
4291%
4292\def\smalldisplay{\begingroup\def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\display}
4293\def\smallexample{\begingroup\def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
4294\def\smallformat{\begingroup\def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format}
4295\def\smalllisp{\begingroup\def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
4296
4297% Real @smallexample and @smalllisp (when @smallbook): use smaller fonts.
4298% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
4299\def\smalllispx{\begingroup
4300 \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
4301 \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
4302 \smallfonts
4303 \lisp
4304}
4305
4306% @display: same as @lisp except keep current font.
4307%
4308\def\display{\begingroup
4309 \nonfillstart
4310 \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish
4311 \gobble
4312}
4313
4314% @smalldisplay (when @smallbook): @display plus smaller fonts.
4315%
4316\def\smalldisplayx{\begingroup
4317 \def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
4318 \smallfonts \rm
4319 \display
4320}
4321
4322% @format: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
4323%
4324\def\format{\begingroup
4325 \let\nonarrowing = t
4326 \nonfillstart
4327 \let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish
4328 \gobble
4329}
4330
4331% @smallformat (when @smallbook): @format plus smaller fonts.
4332%
4333\def\smallformatx{\begingroup
4334 \def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
4335 \smallfonts \rm
4336 \format
4337}
4338
4339% @flushleft (same as @format).
4340%
4341\def\flushleft{\begingroup \def\Eflushleft{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format}
4342
4343% @flushright.
4344%
4345\def\flushright{\begingroup
4346 \let\nonarrowing = t
4347 \nonfillstart
4348 \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish
4349 \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
4350 \gobble
4351}
4352
4353
4354% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
4355% and narrows the margins.
4356%
4357\def\quotation{%
4358 \begingroup\inENV %This group ends at the end of the @quotation body
4359 {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
4360 \singlespace
4361 \parindent=0pt
4362 % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
4363 % doing normal filling. So to avoid extra space below the environment...
4364 \def\Equotation{\parskip = 0pt \nonfillfinish}%
4365 %
4366 % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
4367 \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
4368 \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
4369 \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
4370 \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
4371 \let\nonarrowing = \relax
4372 \fi
4373}
4374
4375
4376% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
4377% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
4378% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
4379% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org
4380%
4381% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook.
4382%
4383% [Knuth] p. 344; only we need to do '@' too
4384\def\dospecials{%
4385 \do\ \do\\\do\@\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
4386 \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~}
4387%
4388% [Knuth] p. 380
4389\def\uncatcodespecials{%
4390 \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=12}\dospecials}
4391%
4392% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
4393% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
4394\begingroup
4395 \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
4396\endgroup
4397%
4398% Setup for the @verb command.
4399%
4400% Eight spaces for a tab
4401\begingroup
4402 \catcode`\^^I=\active
4403 \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
4404\endgroup
4405%
4406\def\setupverb{%
4407 \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
4408 \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
4409 \catcode`\`=\active
4410 \tabeightspaces
4411 % Respect line breaks,
4412 % print special symbols as themselves, and
4413 % make each space count
4414 % must do in this order:
4415 \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
4416}
4417
4418% Setup for the @verbatim environment
4419%
4420% Real tab expansion
4421\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
4422%
4423\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
4424\begingroup
4425 \catcode`\^^I=\active
4426 \gdef\tabexpand{%
4427 \catcode`\^^I=\active
4428 \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
4429 \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab
4430 \divide\dimen0 by\tabw
4431 \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
4432 \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw
4433 \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
4434 }%
4435 }
4436\endgroup
4437\def\setupverbatim{%
4438 % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
4439 \tt
4440 \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
4441 \catcode`\`=\active
4442 \tabexpand
4443 % Respect line breaks,
4444 % print special symbols as themselves, and
4445 % make each space count
4446 % must do in this order:
4447 \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
4448 \everypar{\starttabbox}%
4449}
4450
4451% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
4452% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a
4453% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
4454%
4455% \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
4456%
4457% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
4458\begingroup
4459 \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12
4460 \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
4461\endgroup
4462%
4463\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
4464%
4465%
4466% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
4467% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
4468%
4469% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
4470%
4471% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
4472% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
4473% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'
4474%
4475% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
4476%% Include LaTeX hack for completeness -- never know
4477%% \begingroup
4478%% \catcode`|=0 \catcode`[=1
4479%% \catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12\catcode`\ =\active
4480%% \catcode`\\=12|gdef|doverbatim#1@end verbatim[
4481%% #1|endgroup|def|Everbatim[]|end[verbatim]]
4482%% |endgroup
4483\begingroup
4484 \catcode`\ =\active
4485 \gdef\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1\end{verbatim}}
4486\endgroup
4487%
4488\def\verbatim{%
4489 \def\Everbatim{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
4490 \begingroup
4491 \nonfillstart
4492 \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
4493 \begingroup\setupverbatim\doverbatim
4494}
4495
4496% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
4497%
4498% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name).
4499\def\verbatiminclude{%
4500 \begingroup
4501 \catcode`\\=12
4502 \catcode`~=12
4503 \catcode`^=12
4504 \catcode`_=12
4505 \catcode`|=12
4506 \catcode`<=12
4507 \catcode`>=12
4508 \catcode`+=12
4509 \parsearg\doverbatiminclude
4510}
4511\def\setupverbatiminclude{%
4512 \begingroup
4513 \nonfillstart
4514 \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
4515 \begingroup\setupverbatim
4516}
4517%
4518\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
4519 % Restore active chars for included file.
4520 \endgroup
4521 \begingroup
4522 \def\thisfile{#1}%
4523 \expandafter\expandafter\setupverbatiminclude\input\thisfile
4524 \endgroup\nonfillfinish\endgroup
4525}
4526
4527
4528\message{defuns,}
4529% @defun etc.
4530
4531% Allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally
4532\def\setdeffont #1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname}
4533
4534\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
4535\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
4536\newskip\deftypemargin \deftypemargin=12pt
4537\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
4538
4539\newcount\parencount
4540% define \functionparens, which makes ( and ) and & do special things.
4541% \functionparens affects the group it is contained in.
4542\def\activeparens{%
4543\catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active \catcode`\&=\active
4544\catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active}
4545
4546% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
4547\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
4548
4549{\activeparens % Now, smart parens don't turn on until &foo (see \amprm)
4550
4551% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example,
4552% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
4553% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
4554\global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
4555\global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
4556
4557\gdef\functionparens{\boldbrax\let&=\amprm\parencount=0 }
4558\gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
4559% This is used to turn on special parens
4560% but make & act ordinary (given that it's active).
4561\gdef\boldbraxnoamp{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb\let&=\ampnr}
4562
4563% Definitions of (, ) and & used in args for functions.
4564% This is the definition of ( outside of all parentheses.
4565\gdef\oprm#1 {{\rm\char`\(}#1 \bf \let(=\opnested
4566 \global\advance\parencount by 1
4567}
4568%
4569% This is the definition of ( when already inside a level of parens.
4570\gdef\opnested{\char`\(\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
4571%
4572\gdef\clrm{% Print a paren in roman if it is taking us back to depth of 0.
4573 % also in that case restore the outer-level definition of (.
4574 \ifnum \parencount=1 {\rm \char `\)}\sl \let(=\oprm \else \char `\) \fi
4575 \global\advance \parencount by -1 }
4576% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
4577\gdef\amprm#1 {{\rm\&#1}\let(=\oprm \let)=\clrm\ }
4578%
4579\gdef\normalparens{\boldbrax\let&=\ampnr}
4580} % End of definition inside \activeparens
4581%% These parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than the
4582%% contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ]
4583\def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
4584\def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}\global\advance\parencount by -1 }
4585\let\ampnr = \&
4586\def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}}
4587\def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}}
4588
4589% Active &'s sneak into the index arguments, so make sure it's defined.
4590{
4591 \catcode`& = 13
4592 \global\let& = \ampnr
4593}
4594
4595% First, defname, which formats the header line itself.
4596% #1 should be the function name.
4597% #2 should be the type of definition, such as "Function".
4598
4599\def\defname #1#2{%
4600% Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were
4601% outside the @def...
4602\dimen2=\leftskip
4603\advance\dimen2 by -\defbodyindent
4604\noindent
4605\setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \deflastargmargin{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}%
4606\dimen0=\hsize \advance \dimen0 by -\wd0 % compute size for first line
4607\dimen1=\hsize \advance \dimen1 by -\defargsindent %size for continuations
4608\parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1
4609% Now output arg 2 ("Function" or some such)
4610% ending at \deftypemargin from the right margin,
4611% but stuck inside a box of width 0 so it does not interfere with linebreaking
4612{% Adjust \hsize to exclude the ambient margins,
4613% so that \rightline will obey them.
4614\advance \hsize by -\dimen2
4615\rlap{\rightline{{\rm #2}\hskip -1.25pc }}}%
4616% Make all lines underfull and no complaints:
4617\tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
4618\advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
4619\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
4620{\df #1}\enskip % Generate function name
4621}
4622
4623% Actually process the body of a definition
4624% #1 should be the terminating control sequence, such as \Edefun.
4625% #2 should be the "another name" control sequence, such as \defunx.
4626% #3 should be the control sequence that actually processes the header,
4627% such as \defunheader.
4628
4629\def\defparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody
4630\medbreak %
4631% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
4632% so that it will exit this group.
4633\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
4634\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}%
4635\parindent=0in
4636\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
4637\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
4638\begingroup %
4639\catcode 61=\active % 61 is `='
4640\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}
4641
4642% #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define).
4643% #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define).
4644% #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing.
4645% #4, delimited by the space, is the class name.
4646%
4647\def\defmethparsebody#1#2#3#4 {\begingroup\inENV %
4648\medbreak %
4649% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
4650% so that it will exit this group.
4651\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
4652\def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
4653\parindent=0in
4654\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
4655\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
4656\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}}}
4657
4658% Used for @deftypemethod and @deftypeivar.
4659% #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define).
4660% #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define).
4661% #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing.
4662% #4, delimited by a space, is the class name.
4663% #5 is the method's return type.
4664%
4665\def\deftypemethparsebody#1#2#3#4 #5 {\begingroup\inENV
4666 \medbreak
4667 \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
4668 \def#2##1 ##2 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}{##2}}}%
4669 \parindent=0in
4670 \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
4671 \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
4672 \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}{#5}}}
4673
4674% Used for @deftypeop. The change from \deftypemethparsebody is an
4675% extra argument at the beginning which is the `category', instead of it
4676% being the hardwired string `Method' or `Instance Variable'. We have
4677% to account for this both in the \...x definition and in parsing the
4678% input at hand. Thus also need a control sequence (passed as #5) for
4679% the \E... definition to assign the category name to.
4680%
4681\def\deftypeopparsebody#1#2#3#4#5 #6 {\begingroup\inENV
4682 \medbreak
4683 \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
4684 \def#2##1 ##2 ##3 {%
4685 \def#4{##1}%
4686 \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}{##3}}}%
4687 \parindent=0in
4688 \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
4689 \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
4690 \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}{#6}}}
4691
4692\def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV %
4693\medbreak %
4694% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
4695% so that it will exit this group.
4696\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
4697\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}%
4698\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}%
4699\parindent=0in
4700\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
4701\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
4702\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}}}
4703
4704% These parsing functions are similar to the preceding ones
4705% except that they do not make parens into active characters.
4706% These are used for "variables" since they have no arguments.
4707
4708\def\defvarparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody
4709\medbreak %
4710% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
4711% so that it will exit this group.
4712\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
4713\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit#3}%
4714\parindent=0in
4715\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
4716\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
4717\begingroup %
4718\catcode 61=\active %
4719\obeylines\spacesplit#3}
4720
4721% This is used for \def{tp,vr}parsebody. It could probably be used for
4722% some of the others, too, with some judicious conditionals.
4723%
4724\def\parsebodycommon#1#2#3{%
4725 \begingroup\inENV %
4726 \medbreak %
4727 % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
4728 % so that it will exit this group.
4729 \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
4730 \def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
4731 \parindent=0in
4732 \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
4733 \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
4734 \begingroup\obeylines
4735}
4736
4737\def\defvrparsebody#1#2#3#4 {%
4738 \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
4739 \spacesplit{#3{#4}}%
4740}
4741
4742% This loses on `@deftp {Data Type} {struct termios}' -- it thinks the
4743% type is just `struct', because we lose the braces in `{struct
4744% termios}' when \spacesplit reads its undelimited argument. Sigh.
4745% \let\deftpparsebody=\defvrparsebody
4746%
4747% So, to get around this, we put \empty in with the type name. That
4748% way, TeX won't find exactly `{...}' as an undelimited argument, and
4749% won't strip off the braces.
4750%
4751\def\deftpparsebody #1#2#3#4 {%
4752 \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
4753 \spacesplit{\parsetpheaderline{#3{#4}}}\empty
4754}
4755
4756% Fine, but then we have to eventually remove the \empty *and* the
4757% braces (if any). That's what this does.
4758%
4759\def\removeemptybraces\empty#1\relax{#1}
4760
4761% After \spacesplit has done its work, this is called -- #1 is the final
4762% thing to call, #2 the type name (which starts with \empty), and #3
4763% (which might be empty) the arguments.
4764%
4765\def\parsetpheaderline#1#2#3{%
4766 #1{\removeemptybraces#2\relax}{#3}%
4767}%
4768
4769\def\defopvarparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV %
4770\medbreak %
4771% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
4772% so that it will exit this group.
4773\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
4774\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}%
4775\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}%
4776\parindent=0in
4777\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
4778\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
4779\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{#5}}}
4780
4781% Split up #2 at the first space token.
4782% call #1 with two arguments:
4783% the first is all of #2 before the space token,
4784% the second is all of #2 after that space token.
4785% If #2 contains no space token, all of it is passed as the first arg
4786% and the second is passed as empty.
4787
4788{\obeylines
4789\gdef\spacesplit#1#2^^M{\endgroup\spacesplitfoo{#1}#2 \relax\spacesplitfoo}%
4790\long\gdef\spacesplitfoo#1#2 #3#4\spacesplitfoo{%
4791\ifx\relax #3%
4792#1{#2}{}\else #1{#2}{#3#4}\fi}}
4793
4794% So much for the things common to all kinds of definitions.
4795
4796% Define @defun.
4797
4798% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of \defun
4799% Use this to expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up
4800
4801\def\defunargs#1{\functionparens \sl
4802% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars.
4803% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar.
4804% Set the font temporarily and use \font in case \setfont made \tensl a macro.
4805{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=0}%
4806#1%
4807{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=45}%
4808\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}\fi%
4809\interlinepenalty=10000
4810\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
4811\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
4812}
4813
4814\def\deftypefunargs #1{%
4815% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars.
4816% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar.
4817% Use \boldbraxnoamp, not \functionparens, so that & is not special.
4818\boldbraxnoamp
4819\tclose{#1}% avoid \code because of side effects on active chars
4820\interlinepenalty=10000
4821\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
4822\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
4823}
4824
4825% Do complete processing of one @defun or @defunx line already parsed.
4826
4827% @deffn Command forward-char nchars
4828
4829\def\deffn{\defmethparsebody\Edeffn\deffnx\deffnheader}
4830
4831\def\deffnheader #1#2#3{\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}%
4832\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defunargs{#3}\endgroup %
4833\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
4834}
4835
4836% @defun == @deffn Function
4837
4838\def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader}
4839
4840\def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
4841\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDeffunc}%
4842\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
4843\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
4844}
4845
4846% @deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
4847
4848\def\deftypefun{\defparsebody\Edeftypefun\deftypefunx\deftypefunheader}
4849
4850% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name and args.
4851\def\deftypefunheader #1#2{\deftypefunheaderx{#1}#2 \relax}
4852% #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args.
4853\def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{%
4854\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index
4855\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{\putwordDeftypefun}%
4856\deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup %
4857\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
4858}
4859
4860% @deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
4861
4862\def\deftypefn{\defmethparsebody\Edeftypefn\deftypefnx\deftypefnheader}
4863
4864% \defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$
4865% puts #1 in @code, followed by a space, but does nothing if #1 is null.
4866\def\defheaderxcond#1#2$$${\ifx#1\relax\else\code{#1#2} \fi}
4867
4868% #1 is the classification. #2 is the data type. #3 is the name and args.
4869\def\deftypefnheader #1#2#3{\deftypefnheaderx{#1}{#2}#3 \relax}
4870% #1 is the classification, #2 the data type, #3 the name, #4 the args.
4871\def\deftypefnheaderx #1#2#3 #4\relax{%
4872\doind {fn}{\code{#3}}% Make entry in function index
4873\begingroup
4874\normalparens % notably, turn off `&' magic, which prevents
4875% at least some C++ text from working
4876\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1}%
4877\deftypefunargs {#4}\endgroup %
4878\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
4879}
4880
4881% @defmac == @deffn Macro
4882
4883\def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader}
4884
4885\def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
4886\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefmac}%
4887\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
4888\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
4889}
4890
4891% @defspec == @deffn Special Form
4892
4893\def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader}
4894
4895\def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
4896\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefspec}%
4897\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
4898\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
4899}
4900
4901% @defop CATEGORY CLASS OPERATION ARG...
4902%
4903\def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}%
4904\defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype}
4905%
4906\def\defopheader#1#2#3{%
4907\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ #1}% Make entry in function index
4908\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype\ \putwordon\ #1}%
4909\defunargs {#3}\endgroup %
4910}
4911
4912% @deftypeop CATEGORY CLASS TYPE OPERATION ARG...
4913%
4914\def\deftypeop #1 {\def\deftypeopcategory{#1}%
4915 \deftypeopparsebody\Edeftypeop\deftypeopx\deftypeopheader
4916 \deftypeopcategory}
4917%
4918% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the operation name, #4 the args.
4919\def\deftypeopheader#1#2#3#4{%
4920 \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
4921 \begingroup
4922 \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}
4923 {\deftypeopcategory\ \putwordon\ \code{#1}}%
4924 \deftypefunargs{#4}%
4925 \endgroup
4926}
4927
4928% @deftypemethod CLASS TYPE METHOD ARG...
4929%
4930\def\deftypemethod{%
4931 \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypemethod\deftypemethodx\deftypemethodheader}
4932%
4933% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the method name, #4 the args.
4934\def\deftypemethodheader#1#2#3#4{%
4935 \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
4936 \begingroup
4937 \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}%
4938 \deftypefunargs{#4}%
4939 \endgroup
4940}
4941
4942% @deftypeivar CLASS TYPE VARNAME
4943%
4944\def\deftypeivar{%
4945 \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypeivar\deftypeivarx\deftypeivarheader}
4946%
4947% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the variable name.
4948\def\deftypeivarheader#1#2#3{%
4949 \dosubind{vr}{\code{#3}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in variable index
4950 \begingroup
4951 \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}
4952 {\putwordInstanceVariableof\ \code{#1}}%
4953 \defvarargs{#3}%
4954 \endgroup
4955}
4956
4957% @defmethod == @defop Method
4958%
4959\def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader}
4960%
4961% #1 is the class name, #2 the method name, #3 the args.
4962\def\defmethodheader#1#2#3{%
4963 \dosubind{fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
4964 \begingroup
4965 \defname{#2}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}%
4966 \defunargs{#3}%
4967 \endgroup
4968}
4969
4970% @defcv {Class Option} foo-class foo-flag
4971
4972\def\defcv #1 {\def\defcvtype{#1}%
4973\defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype}
4974
4975\def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{%
4976\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ #1}% Make entry in var index
4977\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype\ \putwordof\ #1}%
4978\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup %
4979}
4980
4981% @defivar CLASS VARNAME == @defcv {Instance Variable} CLASS VARNAME
4982%
4983\def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader}
4984%
4985\def\defivarheader#1#2#3{%
4986 \dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ #1}% entry in var index
4987 \begingroup
4988 \defname{#2}{\putwordInstanceVariableof\ #1}%
4989 \defvarargs{#3}%
4990 \endgroup
4991}
4992
4993% @defvar
4994% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar.
4995% This is actually simple: just print them in roman.
4996% This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up
4997\def\defvarargs #1{\normalparens #1%
4998\interlinepenalty=10000
4999\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak}
5000
5001% @defvr Counter foo-count
5002
5003\def\defvr{\defvrparsebody\Edefvr\defvrx\defvrheader}
5004
5005\def\defvrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}%
5006\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defvarargs{#3}\endgroup}
5007
5008% @defvar == @defvr Variable
5009
5010\def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader}
5011
5012\def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
5013\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefvar}%
5014\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
5015}
5016
5017% @defopt == @defvr {User Option}
5018
5019\def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader}
5020
5021\def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
5022\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefopt}%
5023\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
5024}
5025
5026% @deftypevar int foobar
5027
5028\def\deftypevar{\defvarparsebody\Edeftypevar\deftypevarx\deftypevarheader}
5029
5030% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name, perhaps followed by text that
5031% is actually part of the data type, which should not be put into the index.
5032\def\deftypevarheader #1#2{%
5033\dovarind#2 \relax% Make entry in variables index
5034\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{\putwordDeftypevar}%
5035\interlinepenalty=10000
5036\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
5037\endgroup}
5038\def\dovarind#1 #2\relax{\doind{vr}{\code{#1}}}
5039
5040% @deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable
5041
5042\def\deftypevr{\defvrparsebody\Edeftypevr\deftypevrx\deftypevrheader}
5043
5044\def\deftypevrheader #1#2#3{\dovarind#3 \relax%
5045\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1}
5046\interlinepenalty=10000
5047\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
5048\endgroup}
5049
5050% Now define @deftp
5051% Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar.
5052
5053\def\deftpargs #1{\bf \defvarargs{#1}}
5054
5055% @deftp Class window height width ...
5056
5057\def\deftp{\deftpparsebody\Edeftp\deftpx\deftpheader}
5058
5059\def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}%
5060\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup}
5061
5062% These definitions are used if you use @defunx (etc.)
5063% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx.
5064%
5065\def\defcvx#1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}}
5066\def\deffnx#1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}}
5067\def\defivarx#1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}}
5068\def\defmacx#1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}}
5069\def\defmethodx#1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}}
5070\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}}
5071\def\defopx#1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}}
5072\def\defspecx#1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}}
5073\def\deftpx#1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}}
5074\def\deftypefnx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}}
5075\def\deftypefunx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefunx in invalid context}}
5076\def\deftypeivarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeivarx in invalid context}}
5077\def\deftypemethodx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}}
5078\def\deftypeopx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeopx in invalid context}}
5079\def\deftypevarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}}
5080\def\deftypevrx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}}
5081\def\defunx#1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}}
5082\def\defvarx#1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}}
5083\def\defvrx#1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}}
5084
5085
5086\message{macros,}
5087% @macro.
5088
5089% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
5090% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
5091\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
5092 \newwrite\macscribble
5093 \def\scanmacro#1{%
5094 \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
5095 % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
5096 \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=12 \escapechar=`\@
5097 % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
5098 \toks0={#1\endinput}%
5099 \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
5100 \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
5101 \immediate\closeout\macscribble
5102 \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
5103 \input \jobname.tmp
5104 \endgroup
5105}
5106\else
5107\def\scanmacro#1{%
5108\begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
5109% Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
5110\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=12 \escapechar=`\@
5111\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1\endinput}\endgroup}
5112\fi
5113
5114\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters
5115\newtoks\macname % Macro name
5116\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive?
5117\def\macrolist{} % List of all defined macros in the form
5118 % \do\macro1\do\macro2...
5119
5120% Utility routines.
5121% Thisdoes \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames.
5122\def\cslet#1#2{%
5123\expandafter\expandafter
5124\expandafter\let
5125\expandafter\expandafter
5126\csname#1\endcsname
5127\csname#2\endcsname}
5128
5129% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
5130% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
5131{\catcode`\@=11
5132\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
5133\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@}
5134\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @}
5135\def\unbrace#1{#1}
5136\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1}
5137}
5138
5139% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
5140{\catcode`\^^M=12\catcode`\Q=3%
5141\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
5142\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
5143\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
5144}
5145
5146% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
5147% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
5148% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
5149
5150% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
5151% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
5152% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
5153
5154\def\macrobodyctxt{%
5155 \catcode`\~=12
5156 \catcode`\^=12
5157 \catcode`\_=12
5158 \catcode`\|=12
5159 \catcode`\<=12
5160 \catcode`\>=12
5161 \catcode`\+=12
5162 \catcode`\{=12
5163 \catcode`\}=12
5164 \catcode`\@=12
5165 \catcode`\^^M=12
5166 \usembodybackslash}
5167
5168\def\macroargctxt{%
5169 \catcode`\~=12
5170 \catcode`\^=12
5171 \catcode`\_=12
5172 \catcode`\|=12
5173 \catcode`\<=12
5174 \catcode`\>=12
5175 \catcode`\+=12
5176 \catcode`\@=12
5177 \catcode`\\=12}
5178
5179% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
5180% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
5181% where N is the macro parameter number.
5182% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
5183% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
5184
5185{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
5186 @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
5187 @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname}
5188}
5189\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
5190
5191\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
5192\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
5193
5194\def\macroxxx#1{%
5195 \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
5196 \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments
5197 \paramno=0%
5198 \else
5199 \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
5200 \fi
5201 \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
5202 \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
5203 \else
5204 \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
5205 \else \errmessage{The name \the\macname\space is reserved}\fi
5206 \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
5207 \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
5208 % Add the macroname to \macrolist
5209 \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}%
5210 \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0
5211 \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}%
5212 \fi
5213 \begingroup \macrobodyctxt
5214 \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
5215 \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
5216 \fi}
5217
5218\def\unmacro{\parsearg\unmacroxxx}
5219\def\unmacroxxx#1{%
5220 \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
5221 \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
5222 \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
5223 % Remove the macro name from \macrolist
5224 \begingroup
5225 \edef\tempa{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}%
5226 \def\do##1{%
5227 \def\tempb{##1}%
5228 \ifx\tempa\tempb
5229 % remove this
5230 \else
5231 \toks0 = \expandafter{\newmacrolist\do}%
5232 \edef\newmacrolist{\the\toks0\expandafter\noexpand\tempa}%
5233 \fi}%
5234 \def\newmacrolist{}%
5235 % Execute macro list to define \newmacrolist
5236 \macrolist
5237 \global\let\macrolist\newmacrolist
5238 \endgroup
5239 \else
5240 \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
5241 \fi
5242}
5243
5244% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
5245% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
5246% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
5247\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
5248\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
5249\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
5250\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
5251
5252% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist
5253% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah
5254% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list.
5255% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
5256
5257% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions.
5258% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something
5259% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine
5260% it to # just before using the token list produced.
5261%
5262% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before
5263% the macro is used.
5264
5265\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
5266 \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,}
5267\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
5268 \if#1;\let\next=\relax
5269 \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
5270 \advance\paramno by 1%
5271 \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
5272 {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}%
5273 \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
5274 \fi\next}
5275
5276% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies.
5277% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
5278
5279\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro%
5280{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
5281\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro%
5282{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
5283
5284% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and
5285% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments.
5286% Much magic with \expandafter here.
5287% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
5288% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group.
5289\def\defmacro{%
5290 \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
5291 \ifrecursive
5292 \ifcase\paramno
5293 % 0
5294 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
5295 \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
5296 \or % 1
5297 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
5298 \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
5299 \noexpand\braceorline
5300 \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
5301 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
5302 \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
5303 \else % many
5304 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
5305 \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
5306 \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
5307 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
5308 \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
5309 \expandafter\expandafter
5310 \expandafter\xdef
5311 \expandafter\expandafter
5312 \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
5313 \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
5314 \fi
5315 \else
5316 \ifcase\paramno
5317 % 0
5318 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
5319 \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
5320 \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
5321 \or % 1
5322 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
5323 \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
5324 \noexpand\braceorline
5325 \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
5326 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
5327 \egroup
5328 \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
5329 \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
5330 \else % many
5331 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
5332 \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
5333 \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
5334 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
5335 \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
5336 \expandafter\expandafter
5337 \expandafter\xdef
5338 \expandafter\expandafter
5339 \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
5340 \paramlist{%
5341 \egroup
5342 \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
5343 \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
5344 \fi
5345 \fi}
5346
5347\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
5348
5349% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
5350% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
5351% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
5352% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg)
5353\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
5354\def\braceorlinexxx{%
5355 \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
5356 \expandafter\parsearg
5357 \fi \next}
5358
5359% We mant to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not
5360% expanded by \write.
5361\def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}%
5362 \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next}
5363
5364
5365% @alias.
5366% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
5367% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
5368\def\alias{\begingroup\obeyspaces\parsearg\aliasxxx}
5369\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
5370\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{\ignoreactivespaces
5371\edef\next{\global\let\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname=%
5372 \expandafter\noexpand\csname#2\endcsname}%
5373\expandafter\endgroup\next}
5374
5375
5376\message{cross references,}
5377% @xref etc.
5378
5379\newwrite\auxfile
5380
5381\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known.
5382\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
5383
5384% @inforef is relatively simple.
5385\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
5386\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
5387 node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
5388
5389% @node's job is to define \lastnode.
5390\def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz}
5391\def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx [#1,]}
5392\def\nodexxx[#1,#2]{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
5393\let\nwnode=\node
5394\let\lastnode=\relax
5395
5396% The sectioning commands (@chapter, etc.) call these.
5397\def\donoderef{%
5398 \ifx\lastnode\relax\else
5399 \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}%
5400 {Ysectionnumberandtype}%
5401 \global\let\lastnode=\relax
5402 \fi
5403}
5404\def\unnumbnoderef{%
5405 \ifx\lastnode\relax\else
5406 \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}{Ynothing}%
5407 \global\let\lastnode=\relax
5408 \fi
5409}
5410\def\appendixnoderef{%
5411 \ifx\lastnode\relax\else
5412 \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}%
5413 {Yappendixletterandtype}%
5414 \global\let\lastnode=\relax
5415 \fi
5416}
5417
5418
5419% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
5420%
5421\newcount\savesfregister
5422\gdef\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
5423\gdef\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
5424\gdef\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
5425
5426% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME, namely
5427% NAME-title, NAME-pg, and NAME-SNT. Called from \foonoderef. We have
5428% to set \indexdummies so commands such as @code in a section title
5429% aren't expanded. It would be nicer not to expand the titles in the
5430% first place, but there's so many layers that that is hard to do.
5431%
5432\def\setref#1#2{{%
5433 \indexdummies
5434 \pdfmkdest{#1}%
5435 \dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}%
5436 \dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}%
5437 \dosetq{#1-snt}{#2}%
5438}}
5439
5440% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is
5441% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
5442% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
5443% manual. All but the node name can be omitted.
5444%
5445\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
5446\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
5447\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
5448\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
5449 \unsepspaces
5450 \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
5451 \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}%
5452 \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}%
5453 \setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}%
5454 \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt
5455 % No printed node name was explicitly given.
5456 \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax
5457 % Use the node name inside the square brackets.
5458 \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
5459 \else
5460 % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside
5461 % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it.
5462 \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
5463 % It is in another manual, so we don't have it.
5464 \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
5465 \else
5466 \ifhavexrefs
5467 % We know the real title if we have the xref values.
5468 \def\printednodename{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
5469 \else
5470 % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
5471 \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
5472 \fi%
5473 \fi
5474 \fi
5475 \fi
5476 %
5477 % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
5478 % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
5479 % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
5480 % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
5481 % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
5482 % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
5483 \ifpdf
5484 \leavevmode
5485 \getfilename{#4}%
5486 \ifnum\filenamelength>0
5487 \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
5488 goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1@}%
5489 \else
5490 \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
5491 goto name{#1@}%
5492 \fi
5493 \linkcolor
5494 \fi
5495 %
5496 \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
5497 \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
5498 \else
5499 % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
5500 % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
5501 % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
5502 % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
5503 % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
5504 {\normalturnoffactive
5505 % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
5506 % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
5507 \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
5508 \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
5509 }%
5510 % [mynode],
5511 [\printednodename],\space
5512 % page 3
5513 \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
5514 \fi
5515 \endlink
5516\endgroup}
5517
5518% \dosetq is the interface for calls from other macros
5519
5520% Use \normalturnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore
5521% and backslash work in node names. (\turnoffactive doesn't do \.)
5522\def\dosetq#1#2{%
5523 {\let\folio=0%
5524 \normalturnoffactive
5525 \edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq{#1}{#2}}}%
5526 \iflinks
5527 \next
5528 \fi
5529 }%
5530}
5531
5532% \internalsetq {foo}{page} expands into
5533% CHARACTERS 'xrdef {foo}{...expansion of \Ypage...}
5534% When the aux file is read, ' is the escape character
5535
5536\def\internalsetq #1#2{'xrdef {#1}{\csname #2\endcsname}}
5537
5538% Things to be expanded by \internalsetq
5539
5540\def\Ypagenumber{\folio}
5541
5542\def\Ytitle{\thissection}
5543
5544\def\Ynothing{}
5545
5546\def\Ysectionnumberandtype{%
5547\ifnum\secno=0 \putwordChapter\xreftie\the\chapno %
5548\else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno %
5549\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 %
5550\putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno %
5551\else %
5552\putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno %
5553\fi \fi \fi }
5554
5555\def\Yappendixletterandtype{%
5556\ifnum\secno=0 \putwordAppendix\xreftie'char\the\appendixno{}%
5557\else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno %
5558\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 %
5559\putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno %
5560\else %
5561\putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno %
5562\fi \fi \fi }
5563
5564\gdef\xreftie{'tie}
5565
5566% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
5567% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
5568%
5569\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
5570 \let\linenumber = \empty % Non-3.0.
5571\else
5572 \def\linenumber{\the\inputlineno:\space}
5573\fi
5574
5575% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
5576% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
5577
5578\def\refx#1#2{%
5579 \expandafter\ifx\csname X#1\endcsname\relax
5580 % If not defined, say something at least.
5581 \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
5582 \iflinks
5583 \ifhavexrefs
5584 \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
5585 \else
5586 \ifwarnedxrefs\else
5587 \global\warnedxrefstrue
5588 \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
5589 \fi
5590 \fi
5591 \fi
5592 \else
5593 % It's defined, so just use it.
5594 \csname X#1\endcsname
5595 \fi
5596 #2% Output the suffix in any case.
5597}
5598
5599% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.
5600%
5601\def\xrdef#1{\begingroup
5602 % Reenable \ as an escape while reading the second argument.
5603 \catcode`\\ = 0
5604 \afterassignment\endgroup
5605 \expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname
5606}
5607
5608% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists.
5609\def\readauxfile{\begingroup
5610 \catcode`\^^@=\other
5611 \catcode`\^^A=\other
5612 \catcode`\^^B=\other
5613 \catcode`\^^C=\other
5614 \catcode`\^^D=\other
5615 \catcode`\^^E=\other
5616 \catcode`\^^F=\other
5617 \catcode`\^^G=\other
5618 \catcode`\^^H=\other
5619 \catcode`\^^K=\other
5620 \catcode`\^^L=\other
5621 \catcode`\^^N=\other
5622 \catcode`\^^P=\other
5623 \catcode`\^^Q=\other
5624 \catcode`\^^R=\other
5625 \catcode`\^^S=\other
5626 \catcode`\^^T=\other
5627 \catcode`\^^U=\other
5628 \catcode`\^^V=\other
5629 \catcode`\^^W=\other
5630 \catcode`\^^X=\other
5631 \catcode`\^^Z=\other
5632 \catcode`\^^[=\other
5633 \catcode`\^^\=\other
5634 \catcode`\^^]=\other
5635 \catcode`\^^^=\other
5636 \catcode`\^^_=\other
5637 \catcode`\@=\other
5638 \catcode`\^=\other
5639 % It was suggested to define this as 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
5640 % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't
5641 % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore,
5642 % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^
5643 % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat
5644 % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first
5645 % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could
5646 % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't.
5647 %
5648 % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat:
5649 % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter
5650 % and then to call \auxhat in \setq.
5651 %
5652 \catcode`\~=\other
5653 \catcode`\[=\other
5654 \catcode`\]=\other
5655 \catcode`\"=\other
5656 \catcode`\_=\other
5657 \catcode`\|=\other
5658 \catcode`\<=\other
5659 \catcode`\>=\other
5660 \catcode`\$=\other
5661 \catcode`\#=\other
5662 \catcode`\&=\other
5663 \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
5664 % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters
5665 {%
5666 \count 1=128
5667 \def\loop{%
5668 \catcode\count 1=\other
5669 \advance\count 1 by 1
5670 \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi
5671 }%
5672 }%
5673 % The aux file uses ' as the escape (for now).
5674 % Turn off \ as an escape so we do not lose on
5675 % entries which were dumped with control sequences in their names.
5676 % For example, 'xrdef {$\leq $-fun}{page ...} made by @defun ^^
5677 % Reference to such entries still does not work the way one would wish,
5678 % but at least they do not bomb out when the aux file is read in.
5679 \catcode`\{=1
5680 \catcode`\}=2
5681 \catcode`\%=\other
5682 \catcode`\'=0
5683 \catcode`\\=\other
5684 %
5685 \openin 1 \jobname.aux
5686 \ifeof 1 \else
5687 \closein 1
5688 \input \jobname.aux
5689 \global\havexrefstrue
5690 \global\warnedobstrue
5691 \fi
5692 % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit.
5693 \openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
5694\endgroup}
5695
5696
5697% Footnotes.
5698
5699\newcount \footnoteno
5700
5701% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
5702% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
5703% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
5704% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a
5705% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
5706\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
5707
5708% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.
5709\let\footnotestyle=\comment
5710
5711\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
5712
5713{\catcode `\@=11
5714%
5715% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain.
5716\gdef\footnote{%
5717 \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
5718 \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
5719 %
5720 % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
5721 % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
5722 \let\@sf\empty
5723 \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi
5724 %
5725 % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
5726 \unskip
5727 \thisfootno\@sf
5728 \footnotezzz
5729}%
5730
5731% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
5732% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
5733%
5734% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset and anything else that uses
5735% \parseargline fail inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
5736% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96.
5737%
5738\long\gdef\footnotezzz{\insert\footins\bgroup
5739 % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
5740 % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
5741 % So reset some parameters.
5742 \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
5743 \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
5744 \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
5745 \floatingpenalty\@MM
5746 \leftskip\z@skip
5747 \rightskip\z@skip
5748 \spaceskip\z@skip
5749 \xspaceskip\z@skip
5750 \parindent\defaultparindent
5751 %
5752 \smallfonts \rm
5753 %
5754 % Hang the footnote text off the number.
5755 \hang
5756 \textindent{\thisfootno}%
5757 %
5758 % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this
5759 % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
5760 % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
5761 \footstrut
5762 \futurelet\next\fo@t
5763}
5764\def\fo@t{\ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\next \let\next\f@@t
5765 \else\let\next\f@t\fi \next}
5766\def\f@@t{\bgroup\aftergroup\@foot\let\next}
5767\def\f@t#1{#1\@foot}
5768\def\@foot{\strut\par\egroup}
5769
5770}%end \catcode `\@=11
5771
5772% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
5773% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
5774% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
5775%
5776\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
5777\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
5778\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
5779%
5780\def\setleading#1{%
5781 \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
5782 \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
5783 \normalbaselines
5784 \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
5785 \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
5786 depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
5787 }%
5788}
5789
5790% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should
5791% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the
5792% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would
5793% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
5794% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
5795%
5796\def\|{%
5797 % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
5798 \leavevmode
5799 %
5800 % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
5801 \vadjust{%
5802 % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
5803 % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
5804 \vskip-\baselineskip
5805 %
5806 % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So
5807 % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
5808 \llap{%
5809 %
5810 % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
5811 \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
5812 %
5813 % This is the space between the bar and the text.
5814 \hskip 12pt
5815 }%
5816 }%
5817}
5818
5819% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
5820% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
5821% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
5822%
5823\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
5824
5825% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
5826% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
5827%
5828% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image
5829% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
5830% undone and the next image would fail.
5831\openin 1 = epsf.tex
5832\ifeof 1 \else
5833 \closein 1
5834 % Do not bother showing banner with post-v2.7 epsf.tex (available in
5835 % doc/epsf.tex until it shows up on ctan).
5836 \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
5837 \input epsf.tex
5838\fi
5839%
5840% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
5841\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
5842\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
5843 work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
5844 it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
5845%
5846\def\image#1{%
5847 \ifx\epsfbox\undefined
5848 \ifwarnednoepsf \else
5849 \errhelp = \noepsfhelp
5850 \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
5851 \global\warnednoepsftrue
5852 \fi
5853 \else
5854 \imagexxx #1,,,\finish
5855 \fi
5856}
5857%
5858% Arguments to @image:
5859% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
5860% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
5861% #4 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
5862\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
5863 \ifpdf
5864 \centerline{\dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
5865 \else
5866 % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
5867 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
5868 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
5869 \begingroup
5870 \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
5871 \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names
5872 % If the image is by itself, center it.
5873 \ifvmode
5874 \nobreak\bigskip
5875 % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
5876 % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
5877 % above and below.
5878 \nobreak\vskip\parskip
5879 \nobreak
5880 \centerline{\epsfbox{#1.eps}}%
5881 \bigbreak
5882 \else
5883 % In the middle of a paragraph, no extra space.
5884 \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
5885 \fi
5886 \endgroup
5887 \fi
5888}
5889
5890
5891\message{localization,}
5892% and i18n.
5893
5894% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after
5895% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything
5896% properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation.
5897% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here.
5898%
5899\def\documentlanguage{\parsearg\dodocumentlanguage}
5900\def\dodocumentlanguage#1{%
5901 \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
5902 % Read the file if it exists.
5903 \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
5904 \ifeof1
5905 \errhelp = \nolanghelp
5906 \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
5907 \let\temp = \relax
5908 \else
5909 \def\temp{\input txi-#1.tex }%
5910 \fi
5911 \temp
5912 \endgroup
5913}
5914\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
5915is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory
5916should work if nowhere else does.}
5917
5918
5919% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most
5920% likely, but for now just recognize it.
5921\let\documentencoding = \comment
5922
5923
5924% Page size parameters.
5925%
5926\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
5927
5928\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
5929\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
5930\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
5931
5932% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
5933\vbadness = 10000
5934
5935% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
5936\hbadness = 2000
5937
5938% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans.
5939\widowpenalty=10000
5940\clubpenalty=10000
5941
5942% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
5943% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of
5944% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
5945% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set.
5946%
5947\def\setemergencystretch{%
5948 \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
5949 % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
5950 \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
5951 \else
5952 \emergencystretch = .15\hsize
5953 \fi
5954}
5955
5956% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset;
5957% 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip. Then whoever calls us can
5958% set \parskip and call \setleading for \baselineskip.
5959%
5960\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
5961 \voffset = #3\relax
5962 \topskip = #6\relax
5963 \splittopskip = \topskip
5964 %
5965 \vsize = #1\relax
5966 \advance\vsize by \topskip
5967 \outervsize = \vsize
5968 \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
5969 \pageheight = \vsize
5970 %
5971 \hsize = #2\relax
5972 \outerhsize = \hsize
5973 \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
5974 \pagewidth = \hsize
5975 %
5976 \normaloffset = #4\relax
5977 \bindingoffset = #5\relax
5978 %
5979 \parindent = \defaultparindent
5980 \setemergencystretch
5981}
5982
5983% Use `small' versions.
5984%
5985\def\smallenvironments{%
5986 \let\smalldisplay = \smalldisplayx
5987 \let\smallexample = \smalllispx
5988 \let\smallformat = \smallformatx
5989 \let\smalllisp = \smalllispx
5990}
5991
5992% @letterpaper (the default).
5993\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
5994 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
5995 \setleading{13.2pt}%
5996 %
5997 % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
5998 \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}{\voffset}{.25in}{\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
5999}}
6000
6001% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format.
6002\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
6003 \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
6004 \setleading{12pt}%
6005 %
6006 \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5.in}{\voffset}{.25in}{\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
6007 %
6008 \lispnarrowing = 0.3in
6009 \tolerance = 700
6010 \hfuzz = 1pt
6011 \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
6012 \deftypemargin = 0pt
6013 \defbodyindent = .5cm
6014 \smallenvironments
6015}}
6016
6017% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
6018\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
6019 \setleading{12pt}%
6020 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
6021 %
6022 \internalpagesizes{53\baselineskip}{160mm}{\voffset}{4mm}{\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
6023 %
6024 \tolerance = 700
6025 \hfuzz = 1pt
6026}}
6027
6028% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
6029% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
6030% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
6031\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
6032 \setleading{12.5pt}%
6033 \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
6034 %
6035 \internalpagesizes{166mm}{120mm}{\voffset}{-8mm}{\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
6036 %
6037 \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
6038 \tolerance = 800
6039 \hfuzz = 1.2pt
6040 \contentsrightmargin = 0mm
6041 \deftypemargin = 0pt
6042 \defbodyindent = 2mm
6043 \tableindent = 12mm
6044 %
6045 \smallenvironments
6046}}
6047
6048% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. Top margin
6049% 29mm, hence bottom margin 28mm, nominal side margin 3cm.
6050\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
6051 \setleading{13.6pt}%
6052 %
6053 \afourpaper
6054 \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}{3.6mm}{3.6mm}{3mm}{7mm}%
6055 %
6056 \globaldefs = 0
6057}}
6058
6059% Use @afourwide to print on European A4 paper in wide format.
6060\def\afourwide{%
6061 \afourpaper
6062 \internalpagesizes{6.5in}{9.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
6063 %
6064 \globaldefs = 0
6065}
6066
6067% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
6068% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
6069% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
6070%
6071\def\pagesizes{\parsearg\pagesizesxxx}
6072\def\pagesizesxxx#1{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
6073\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
6074 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
6075 \globaldefs = 1
6076 %
6077 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
6078 \setleading{13.2pt}%
6079 %
6080 \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}{\voffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
6081}}
6082
6083% Set default to letter.
6084%
6085\letterpaper
6086
6087
6088\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
6089
6090% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
6091\catcode`\"=\other
6092\catcode`\~=\other
6093\catcode`\^=\other
6094\catcode`\_=\other
6095\catcode`\|=\other
6096\catcode`\<=\other
6097\catcode`\>=\other
6098\catcode`\+=\other
6099\catcode`\$=\other
6100\def\normaldoublequote{"}
6101\def\normaltilde{~}
6102\def\normalcaret{^}
6103\def\normalunderscore{_}
6104\def\normalverticalbar{|}
6105\def\normalless{<}
6106\def\normalgreater{>}
6107\def\normalplus{+}
6108\def\normaldollar{$}
6109
6110% This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont
6111% where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts,
6112% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
6113%
6114% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
6115% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
6116% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
6117% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
6118%
6119\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
6120
6121% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches
6122% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from
6123% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway
6124% this is not a problem.
6125\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
6126
6127% Turn off all special characters except @
6128% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
6129% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
6130% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
6131
6132\catcode`\"=\active
6133\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
6134\let"=\activedoublequote
6135\catcode`\~=\active
6136\def~{{\tt\char126}}
6137\chardef\hat=`\^
6138\catcode`\^=\active
6139\def^{{\tt \hat}}
6140
6141\catcode`\_=\active
6142\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
6143% Subroutine for the previous macro.
6144\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}}
6145
6146\catcode`\|=\active
6147\def|{{\tt\char124}}
6148\chardef \less=`\<
6149\catcode`\<=\active
6150\def<{{\tt \less}}
6151\chardef \gtr=`\>
6152\catcode`\>=\active
6153\def>{{\tt \gtr}}
6154\catcode`\+=\active
6155\def+{{\tt \char 43}}
6156\catcode`\$=\active
6157\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}
6158%\catcode 27=\active
6159%\def^^[{$\diamondsuit$}
6160
6161% Set up an active definition for =, but don't enable it most of the time.
6162{\catcode`\==\active
6163\global\def={{\tt \char 61}}}
6164
6165\catcode`+=\active
6166\catcode`\_=\active
6167
6168% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
6169% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
6170% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
6171% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
6172\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
6173
6174\catcode`\@=0
6175
6176% \rawbackslashxx output one backslash character in current font
6177\global\chardef\rawbackslashxx=`\\
6178%{\catcode`\\=\other
6179%@gdef@rawbackslashxx{\}}
6180
6181% \rawbackslash redefines \ as input to do \rawbackslashxx.
6182{\catcode`\\=\active
6183@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@rawbackslashxx }}
6184
6185% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font.
6186\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}}
6187
6188% \catcode 17=0 % Define control-q
6189\catcode`\\=\active
6190
6191% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters
6192% even after parsing them.
6193@def@turnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote
6194@let\=@realbackslash
6195@let~=@normaltilde
6196@let^=@normalcaret
6197@let_=@normalunderscore
6198@let|=@normalverticalbar
6199@let<=@normalless
6200@let>=@normalgreater
6201@let+=@normalplus
6202@let$=@normaldollar}
6203
6204@def@normalturnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote
6205@let\=@normalbackslash
6206@let~=@normaltilde
6207@let^=@normalcaret
6208@let_=@normalunderscore
6209@let|=@normalverticalbar
6210@let<=@normalless
6211@let>=@normalgreater
6212@let+=@normalplus
6213@let$=@normaldollar}
6214
6215% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
6216% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
6217@otherifyactive
6218
6219% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
6220% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
6221% a backslash.
6222%
6223@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash}
6224@global@let\ = @eatinput
6225
6226% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
6227% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
6228% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
6229% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input
6230% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
6231%
6232@gdef@fixbackslash{%
6233 @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
6234 @catcode`+=@active
6235 @catcode`@_=@active
6236}
6237
6238% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
6239@escapechar = `@@
6240
6241% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
6242@catcode`@& = @other
6243@catcode`@# = @other
6244@catcode`@% = @other
6245
6246@c Set initial fonts.
6247@textfonts
6248@rm
6249
6250
6251@c Local variables:
6252@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
6253@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
6254@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
6255@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
6256@c time-stamp-end: "}"
6257@c End:
generated by cgit v1.2.1 (git 2.18.0) at 2026-01-18 12:07:44 +0000